Document:

Lease Agmt with the United States (NASA)

 EXHIBIT 10.92 
  
  
 LEASE AGREEMENT WITH THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA (NASA) AND 
 AMENDMENTS THERETO

  
 
	 STANDARD FORM 2
 FEBRUARY 1965 EDITION

GENERAL SERVICES
 ADMINISTRATION
 FPR (41 CFR) 1016.601
 	  	 U.S. GOVERNMENT
 LEASE FOR REAL
PROPERTY
 

 
 
	 
	 DATE OF LEASE
 6/1/90
 	    	 LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111 “Negotiated”
 
	 
	 THIS LEASE, made and entered into this date by and between    Southwest Market Limited Partnership
                                       
                                        
                              c/o Boston Properties
 
	 
	 whose address is    500 E. Street, SW
                                  Washington, DC 20024

	    	  

 
  
 and whose interest in the property hereinafter described is that of owner. 

 
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WITNESSETH: The parties hereto for the considerations hereinafter mentioned, covenant and agree as follows: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	The Lessor hereby leases to the Government the following described premises: 488,374 net usable square feet (nusf) of office and related space in the building
located at 300 E Street, SW; Washington, DC 20024. 
 

  
 The leased premises consists of 59,770 nusf
on the concourse level, as identified on Exhibit VIII; 32,978 nusf on the ground floor, as identified on Exhibit VIII and floors two through nine, in their entirety. 
  
 In addition to the aforementioned, the lessor hereby leases to the Government fifty (50) reserved parking spaces consisting of 25 spaces on the P1 Level and 25 spaces on
the P2 Level as identified on Exhibit X and an additional one hundred (100) parking permits within the garage of the building to be used for such purposes as determined by the Government. 
  

	 	2.
	 
	TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the said premises with their appurtenances for the term of twenty (20) years subject to termination and renewal rights as may be hereinafter
set forth. The lease commencement date shall be established pursuant to Paragraph 45, Layout & Finishes, of the SFO. 
 

  

	 	3.
	 
	The Government shall pay the Lessor annual rent of
$    19,143,013.94                     
 

  
 at the rate of     $1,595,251.16             per         month
         in arrears. 
  
 Rent for a lesser period shall be prorated. Rent checks shall be made
payable to: 
 Southwest Market Limited Partnership c/o Boston Properties 
 500 E Street, SW 

Washington, DC 20024 
  

	 	4.
	 
	Intentionally deleted. 
 

  

	 	5.
	 
	This lease may be renewed at the option of the Government, for the following terms and at the following rentals: 
 

 One term of ten (10) years at an annual rental of $31,255,936.00 at a rate of $2,604,661.33 per month, in arrears, in addition to any accrued tax and operating expense
escalations. 
  
 provided notice be given in writing to the Lessor at least     547     days
before the end of the original lease term 
 or any renewal term: all other terms and conditions of this lease shall remain the same during any renewal term. 

Said notice shall be computed commencing with the day after the date of mailing. 

	 	6.
	 
	The Lessor shall furnish to the Government, as part of the rental consideration, the following: 
 

  

	 	a.
	 
	All services, utilities and repairs and maintenance pursuant to Solicitation for Offers (SFO) 89-047; 
 

	 	b.
	 
	All alterations pursuant to SFO 89-047 excluding the special requirements in Paragraph 103, Attachment I to the SFO; 
 

	 	c.
	 
	Cleaning to be performed during tenant working hours as defined in Paragraph 85 of SFO 89-047; 
 

	 	d.
	 
	The use of the public lobby pursuant to Paragraph 1 of SFO 89-047; 
 

	 	e.
	 
	The use of the roof pursuant to Paragraph 1 of SFO 89-047. 
 

  

	 	6a.
	 
	The lessor shall provide all alternations pursuant to SFO 89-047 Paragraph 103, Attachment I, to the SFO for the amount of $5,939,953.00; payable as the
individual special use areas are delivered and accepted by the Government. 
 

  

	 	7.
	 
	The following are attached and made a part hereof: 
 

  
 
	 1.
 	  	 GSA Form 1217
 	  	 Lessor’s Annual Cost Statement
 
	 2.
 	  	 Solicitation for Offers
 	  	 (SFO) No. 89-047
 
	 3.
 	  	 Attachment I Paragraph 103,
 	  	 Special Requirements of SFO 89-047
 
	 4.
 	  	 Exhibit I
 	  	 Special Requirements Cost Summary and documentation
 
	 5.
 	  	 Exhibit II
 	  	 Unit Cost Statement
 
	 6.
 	  	 Exhibit III
 	  	 Supplementary Parking Permits
 
	 7.
 	  	 Exhibit IV
 	  	 Alternate Proposal – Raised Floor
 
	 8.
 	  	 Exhibit V
 	  	 Small Business Subtracting Plan
 
	 9.
 	  	 Exhibit VI
 	  	 List of Partners
 
	 10.
 	  	 Exhibit VII
 	  	 Amenities Statement
 
	 11.
 	  	 GSA Form 3516
 	  	 Solicitation Provisions
 
	 12.
 	  	 GSA Form 3517
 	  	 General Clauses
 
	 13.
 	  	 GSA Form 3518
 	  	 Representations & Certifications
 
	 14.
 	  	 Exhibit VIII
 	  	 Plan indicating space on partial floors
 
	 15.
 	  	 Exhibit IX
 	  	 Plan indicating space for daycare play area
 
	 16.
 	  	 Exhibit X
 	  	 Plan indicating location of reserved parking
 
	 17.
 	  	  	  	 Firesafety Compliance – Certification
 

 
  

	 	8.
	 
	The following changes were made in this lease prior to its execution: 
 

  
 Paragraph 4 of this SF-2 has been deleted in it’s entirety. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have hereunto subscribed their names as of the date first above written. 
  
 LESSOR    Southwest Market Limited Partnership 
  
 
	  	 	  	 	  
	 
	     BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 .
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Signature)
 

 
  
 
	 IN PRESENCE OF:
 	 	  	 	  
	 
	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 

	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 

 
  
 
	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 	 	  	 	  
	 
	     BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	     Contracting Officer
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 

 

  
 
	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDING SERVICE
 LESSOR’S ANNUAL COST STATEMENT
 IMPORTANT – Read “Instructions” on reverse of form.
 
	    	 1. LEASE OR NO.
 89-
 
	    	 2. STATEMENT DATE
 2/12/90

	  	    	 3. NET RENTABLE
 AREA (Sq.
ft.)
 
	    	 3a. ENTIRE BUILDING
 558,231
 
	    	 3b. LEASED BY GOV’T.
 549,968
 

	 4. BUILDING NAME AND ADDRESS (No., street, city, State and zip code no.)
     TWO INDEPENDENCE SQUARE, 300 E Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20024
 
	 SECTION 1 – ESTIMATED ANNUAL COST OF SERVICES AND UTILITIES
 FURNISHED BY LESSOR AS PART OF RENTAL CONSIDERATION
  
 
	 SERVICES AND UTILITIES
 
	    	 LESSOR’S ANNUAL COST FOR
 
	    	 FOR GOVERNMENT
 USE
ONLY
 (c)
 

	    	 (a) ENTIRE BUILDING
 
	    	 (b) GOV’T. LEASED AREA
 
	    
	 A. CLEANING, JANITOR AND/OR CHAR SERVICE
 	    	  
 	 66,987.72
 	    	  
 	 65,996.16
 	    	  
	     5. SALARIES
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     6. SUPPLIES (Wax, cleansers, cloths, etc.) (Incl. in A.5)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     7. CONTRACT SERVICES (Window washing, waste and snow removal) (A.5)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	 B. HEATING
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     8. SALARIES (Incl. in G.22)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     9. FUEL (“X” one)  ̈ OIL  ̈ GAS  ̈ COAL x ELECTRIC
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     10. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR (Incl. in E.19)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	 C. ELECTRICAL (See Attachment A)
 	    	  
 	 2,221,759.38
 	    	  
 	 2,188,872.64
 	    	  
	     11. CURRENT FOR LIGHT AND POWER (including elevators)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     12. REPLACEMENT OF BULBS, TUBES, STARTERS
 	    	  
 	 22,329.24
 	    	  
 	 21,998.72
 	    	  
	     13. POWER FOR SPECIAL EQUIPMENT (Incl. in C.11)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     14. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR (Ballasts, fixtures, etc.)
 	    	  
 	 39,076.17
 	    	  
 	 38,497.76
 	    	  
	 D. PLUMBING
 	    	  
 	 117,228.51
 	    	  
 	 115,493.28
 	    	  
	     15. WATER (For all purposes) (Include sewage charges)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     16. SUPPLIES (Soap, towels, tissues not in 6 above) (A.5)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     17. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
 	    	  
 	 22,329.24
 	    	  
 	 21,998.72
 	    	  
	 E. AIR CONDITIONING
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     18. UTILITIES (Include electricity, if not in C.11) (C.11)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     19. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
 	    	  
 	 94,899.27
 	    	  
 	 93,494.56
 	    	  
	 F. ELEVATORS
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     20. SALARIES (Operators, starters, etc.)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     21. SYSTEM MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
 	    	  
 	 94,899.27
 	    	  
 	 93,494.56
 	    	  
	 G. MISCELLANEOUS (To the extent not included above)
 	    	  
 	 586,142.55
 	    	  
 	 577,466.40
 	    	  
	     22. BUILDING ENGINEER AND/OR MANAGER
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     23. SECURITY (Watchman, guards, not janitors)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     24. SOCIAL SECURITY TAX AND WORKMEN’S COMPENSATION INSURANCE (G.22)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     25. LAWN AND LANDSCAPING MAINTENANCE
 	    	  
 	 27,911.55
 	    	  
 	 27,498.40
 	    	  
	     26. OTHER (Explain on separate sheet) (SEE ATTACHMENT B)
 	    	  	  	    	  	  	    	  
	     27. TOTAL
 	    	 $
 	 3,533,602.23
 	    	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 	    	 $                            
 
	 SECTION II – ESTIMATED ANNUAL COSTS OF OWNERSHIP EXCLUSIVE OF CAPITAL CHARGES
 
	     28. REAL ESTATE TAXES
 	    	  
 	 2,534,368.74
 	    	  
 	 X X X X
 	    	  
	     29. INSURANCE (Hazard, liability, etc.)
 	    	  
 	 100,481.58
 	    	  
 	 X X X X
 	    	  
	     30. BUILDING MAINTENANCE AND RESERVES FOR REPLACEMENT
 	    	  
 	 83,734.65
 	    	  
 	 X X X X
 	    	  
	     31. MANAGEMENT
 	    	  
 	 446,584.80
 	    	  
 	 X X X X
 	    	  
	     32. TOTAL
 	    	 $
 	 6,698,772.00
 	    	  
 	 X X X X
 	    	 $                        
 
	 LESSOR’S CERTIFICATION – The amounts entered in Columns (a) and (b) represent my best estimate as to the annual costs of
services, utilities and ownership.
 	    	 33. SIGNATURE OF    x OWNER     ̈ LEGAL AGENT
 
	 SECTION III – APPROVAL OF STATEMENT BY AUTHORIZED GOVERNMENT REPRESENTATIVES
 
	 The undersigned certify that the amount shown in Item 27(c) represents the reasonable value of the services and
utilities
 which amount may be properly deducted in determining net rent for the purposes of the Economy Act.
 
	 
	 TYPED NAME AND TITLE
 
	    	 SIGNATURE
 
	    	 DATE
 

	 34A. SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
 	    	 34B.
 	    	 34C.
 
	 35A. SEE ATTACHED PAGE FOR SIGNATURES
 	    	 35B.
 	    	 35C.
 

 

  
 ATTACHMENT A 
  
 Electrical 
  
 The electrical operating
cost of $3.98 per rentable square foot (RSF), which has been included on the enclosed Lessor’s Annual Cost Statement, is based upon the operation of the building, as defined below, at the temperature specifications provided in the SFO. This
cost is in line with the discussion we had at our meeting concerning GSA acceptable operating cost estimates. 
  
 However, as we have stated
previously, the electrical operating loads outlined in the SFO are substantially above what is considered normal and as a result, the building’s electrical operating base has been increased to reflect the abnormal conditions being specified. As
outlined below, we have tried to reflect our understanding of the requirements specified in the SFO and restated in your letter dated November 7, 1989. 
  

	 	•
	 
	Normal building (based upon GSA temperature specifications) 
 

  
 2w lights 
 2w power 
 4w for HVAC design            $2.30/RSF 
  

	 	•
	 
	Operating increase due to 900 ton separate system 
 

  
 900 Ton system will handle 3164 Kw of equipment. 
  
 900 Ton Loop Assumptions 
  
 Weekdays

  
 
	 8am — Noon
 	  	 20 hrs per week off peak ($.04) at 75% load
 3164Kw x 75% x 20hrs per week x $.04 per
Kw x 50 weeks (excl. holidays)
 	  	 $
 	 94,920
 
	 Noon — 4PM
 	  	 20 hrs per week on peak ($.092) at 75% load
 3164Kw x 75% x 20hrs per week x $.092 per
Kw x 50 weeks
 	  	 $
 	 218,316
 

 

 
	 4PM — 8PM
 	  	 20 hrs per week on peak ($.092) at 40% load
 3164Kw x 40% x 20hrs per week x $.092 per
Kw x 50 weeks
 	  	 $
 	 116,435
 
	 8PM — 8AM
 	  	 60 hrs per week off peak ($.04) at 40% load
 3164Kw x 40% x 60hrs per week x $.04 per
Kw x 50 weeks
 	  	 $
 	 151,872
 
	  	  	  	  	 
	 

	  	  	 Total Weekdays
 	  	  
 	 581,543
 
	 Weekends
 	  	  	  	  	  
	  	  	 24hrs x 2 days = 48hrs off peak at 40% load
 3164Kw x 40% x 48hrs per week x $.04 per
Kw x 52 weeks
 	  	  	  
	  	  	 Total Weekends
 	  	 $
 	 126,358
 
	 Holidays
 	  	  	  	  	  
	  	  	 10 x 24hrs = 240hrs off peak at 40% load
 3164Kw x 40% x 240hrs x $.04 per
Kw
 	  	  	  
	  	  	 Total Holidays
 	  	 $
 	 12,150
 
	  	  	  	  	 
	 

	  	  	 Total Yearly Cost
 	  	 $
 	 720,051
 
	  	  	  	  	 
	 

	  	  	 $720,051 (1989) increased at 4% per year to 1993 = $842,358
 	  	  	  
	  	  	 842,358 ÷ 550,446 sf = $1.68/RSF
 	  	  	  

 
  

	 	•
	 
	Total electrical rate based upon SFO specifications 
 

  
 $ 2.30/RSF (Base for normal building operations) 
 $ 1.68/RSF (Increase for additional electrical loads) 
 $ 3.98/RSF (Total rate based on SFO specifications)

 Attachment B 
  
 
	 Other Expense Category
 
	    	 Per Rentable
 Square
Foot
 

	 —
 	 	 Water Treatment – includes 900 ton system and legionella testing
 	    	 $
 	 .030
 
	 —
 	 	 Fire/sprinkler/security alarm monitoring and service
 	    	  
 	 .070
 
	 —
 	 	 Tools and equipment – includes repair, calibration and replacements
 	    	  
 	 .015
 
	 —
 	 	 Pest control
 	    	  
 	 .010
 
	 —
 	 	 Building supplies – includes door and window hardware, office supplies, ceiling tiles, keys
 	    	  
 	 .015
 
	 —
 	 	 Miscellaneous – includes diesel fuel for emergency generator, uniforms, special training, association fees, signage
 	    	  
 	 .020
 
	 —
 	 	 Energy management – includes service, repair, and computer software updates
 	    	  
 	 .020
 
	 —
 	 	 Telephone and beeper – includes telephone lines for security and fire alarm and remote energy management
 	    	  
 	 .030
 
	 —
 	 	 General building – includes exterior caulking, flashing repair, window replacement, exterior door repair and replacement, loading dock door
service
 	    	  
 	 .040
 
	 —
 	 	 Carpet repair – this is the estimate of the yearly expense required to maintain the carpet on a daily basis as required in the SFO.
 	    	  
 	 .070
 
	 —
 	 	 Wall repair – this is the estimate of the yearly expense required to maintain the wall finishes (paint and wall covering) on a daily basis as required in
the SFO.
 	    	  
 	 .040
 
	 —
 	 	 Garage expenses – this expense estimate is for the garage electricity, maintenance and cleaning required for 150 permits.
 	    	  
 	 .070
 
	  	 	  	    	 
	 

	 Total Other Expenses
 	    	 $
 	 .430
 
	  	 	  	    	 
	 

 
  

  
 
	 SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP, a
 District of Columbia limited
partnership
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 Boston Southwest Associates Limited Partnership, a Massachusetts limited partnership, its general partner
 
	 
	  	 	 By:   Independence Square, Inc., a Delaware
          corporation, its general partner
 

 
  
 
	 ATTEST:
 	 	  	 	  
	 
	 By:
 	 	 “ILLEGIBLE”
 
	 	  	 	 By:
 	 	 “ILLEGIBLE”
 

	  	 	 Assistant Secretary
 	 	  	 	  	 	 Edward H. Linde
 Vice
President
 
	 
	 [CORPORATE SEAL]
 	 	  	 	  
	 
	  	 	  	 	  	 	 Date:
 	 	 February 12, 1990
 

	  	 	  	 	  	 	  	 	  

 
  
  

  
 SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS NO. 89-047 
  
 486,000 TO 504,000 
  
 NET USABLE SQUARE FEET 
  
 OF 
  
 OFFICE AND RELATED SPACE 
  
 WITHIN THE
DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA 
  
 THE CONSOLIDATION OF 
  
 THE NATIONAL AERONAUTICS AND SPACE ADMINISTRATION 
  
  
 [NASA LOGO] 
  
 SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

  
 BOSTON PROPERTIES 
  
 ONE INDEPENDENCE SQUARE 
  
 
LEASE
NO. GS-11B 
 

  
 SOLICITATION FOR OFFERS 
 NUMBER
89-047 
 REPRESENTING THE REQUIREMENT FOR: 
  
 486,000 TO 504,000

 NET USABLE SQUARE FEET 
  
 OFFICE AND RELATED SPACE 

 
 NAME:    ROY W. ECKERT 
 TITLE:     CONTRACTING OFFICER 
  
 THE INFORMATION COLLECTION REQUIREMENTS CONTAINED IN THIS
SOLICITATION/CONTRACT, THAT ARE NOT REQUIRED BY REGULATION, HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE OFFICE OF MANAGEMENT AND BUDGET PURSUANT TO THE PAPERWORK REDUCTION ACT AND ASSIGNED THE OMB CONTROL NO. 3090-0163. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                            Page 1 of 79 

  
 SECTION:    1 
  
 SUMMARY OF SOLICITATION 
  
 1    AMOUNT AND TYPE OF SPACE (As Amended 01/30/90) 
  

	 	(A)
	 
	The General Services Administration (GSA) is leasing 488,374 net usable square feet of office and related space. A minimum of seven thousand (7,000) net usable
square feet of the space must be located on the entry level of the building. 
 

  
 If the offeror is
not offering a daycare facility as an amenity of the complex or building exclusive of the space to be leased to the Government, then three thousand eight hundred and fifty (3,850) square feet of space must be offered on the entry level of the
building with a direct exit to the outside. (See Paragraph 103, SR 3.1). This space is included in the seven thousand (7,000) square feet previously specified in this subsection. 
  
 The prospective tenant would prefer locating an additional 2,350 square feet of space consisting of the Security Office, SR 6.12, on the first floor. Offerors should bear
in mind that if the loading dock is on the first floor, Shipping and Receiving, SR 1.1, must also be located on the first floor, The Mail Room, SR 5.1, must also be located proximate to the loading dock. 
  
 Offers must be for space located in a quality building of substantial construction as described in this Solicitation for Offers, have a
potential for efficient layout, and offer at least the minimum but no more than the maximum amount of space stated above. 
  
 The offeror must also grant the Government an option to acquire any remaining office space in the building, not leased by GSA, under the same terms and conditions as the base lease with the exception of approximately 10,000 rentable
square feet on the first floor to be reserved for retail. If not exercised theretofore, this option will expire six months after the base lease is executed by the Government. 
  

	 	(B)
	 
	The building must also have at least one privately owned and operated food establishment located on the entry level of the building, capable of servicing a
luncheon clientele or approximately three hundred (300) persons. The service should provide a combination of carry-out as well as on-site seating. 
 

  
 The Government reserves the right to approve any retail tenants proposed for the building. The aforementioned approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. 

 

	 	(C)
	 
	Within the negotiated rental rate, the Offeror shall: 
 

  

	 	1.
	 
	allow the Government to utilize the roof for such purposes as deemed necessary, 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                            Page 2 of 79 

	 	2.
	 
	permit the Government to utilize the public lobby for such purposes as deemed necessary, 
 

  

	 	3.
	 
	provide a reserved parking area within the garage, capable of accommodating fifty (50) vehicles. 
 

  

	 	4.
	 
	provide an additional one hundred (100) non-reserved parking permits for spaces within the garage. These spaces may be stacked. 
 

 

	 	(D)
	 
	Offerors must submit a separate proposal for an additional three hundred and fifty (350) parking permits, on site. The Government reserves the right to use the
permits prior to the composite lease commencement date established pursuant to Paragraph 45(VII), on a rent free basis. The contract for the 350 permits will be for a term of twenty years with a ten year renewal option at a rate to be mutually
agreed upon and established at a later date. 
 

  

	 	  
	 
	The three hundred and fifty (350) parking permits, previously specified in this paragraph, may be stacked and parked by an attendant or attendants. The offeror
shall provide as many attendants as are necessary to park and relocate vehicles as within the garage. 
 

  

	 	(E)
	 
	The parking area for fifty (50) vehicles previously specified in this paragraph, must be designated available for self park and shall not be stacked. The spaces
will be counted as individual lined spaces with vehicular circulation in conformance with code requirements. 
 

  

	 	(F)
	 
	If the offeror is offering a daycare facility and/or a physical fitness facility as an amenity of the complex or building exclusive of the space to be leased to
the Government, then the Government reserves the first right of refusal to utilize the facility or facilities, at market rate(s), for the services provided. 
 

  
 2  AREA OF CONSIDERATION (As Amended 09/21/89) 
 AREA: 
 ***** 
  
 The building offered must be located in downtown Washington, DC within the boundaries of New York Avenue, NW from Fourteenth Street, NW to Ninth Street, NW and Massachusetts Avenue from Ninth Street, NW to First Street NW, on the
North; the Southwest Freeway to the South; First Street NW/SW, to the East; and 14th Street NW/SW, to the West. 
  
 3  LOCATION: CITY CENTER (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  
 CITY CENTER
NEIGHBORHOOD: 
 ****************************** 
  
 SPACE MUST BE LOCATED IN A PRIME COMMERCIAL OFFICE DISTRICT WITH ATTRACTIVE, PRESTIGIOUS, PROFESSIONAL SURROUNDINGS WITH A PREVALENCE OF MODERN DESIGN AND/OR TASTEFUL REHABILITATION IN MODERN USE. STREETS AND PUBLIC
SIDEWALKS SHOULD BE WELL MAINTAINED. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                            Page 3 of 79 

  
 PARKING AND TRANSPORTATION: 
 ********************************* 
  
 Regularly scheduled public transportation and/or employee parking within two blocks sufficient to cover commuting needs of employees. The parking to square foot ratio available on-site must meet local code requirements. 

 
 LOCATION AMENITIES: 
 *********************** 
  
 A VARIETY OF INEXPENSIVE AND MODERATELY PRICED FAST FOOD AND/OR EAT-IN RESTAURANTS MUST
BE LOCATED WITHIN FOUR BLOCKS, AND OTHER EMPLOYEE SERVICES SUCH AS RETAIL SHOPS, CLEANERS, BANKS, ETC., SHOULD BE LOCATED WITHIN THREE BLOCKS. 
  
 4  TYPES OF OFFERS (As amended 01/24/89) 
  
 At a minimum, Offerors must submit
proposals as outlined under No. 1 below. 
  

	 	1.
	 
	An operating lease in conformance with this SFO for a firm twenty (20) year period, with one ten (10) year renewal. 
 

  
 To be responsive, Offerors must submit their rental rate for both the initial term as well as any and all options for the base lease as a
level rent. There shall not be a one time or an incremental increase in the annual rental at any time during the term of this lease aside from adjustments for operating cost and tax escalations pursuant to the provisions of this SFO. 

 
 The rental rate for the additional three hundred and fifty (350) parking spaces requested in Paragraph 1(D) must also be
submitted as a flat rate. This rate however, shall be subject to an escalation of five (5) percent on each anniversary date of the commencement of the parking lease. 
  

	 	2.
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                            Page 4 of 79 

  
 [INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK] 
  
 5  LEASE TERM (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  
 The lease term will be for twenty (20) years with one ten (10) year renewal option and will consider lease-purchase alternatives for a thirty (30) year period. 
  
 The lease may be renewed for the additional ten (10) year period, at the option of the Government, provided notice be given at least five hundred and forty seven (547) days prior to the expiration of
the original lease term; all other terms and conditions of the original lease shall remain the same during the renewal term. Said notice shall be computed commencing with the day after the date of mailing. 
  
 6  OFFER DUE DATES (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 Offerors must submit proposals in three phases as outlined below: 
  
 
	 Due Date
 
	  	 Requirement
 

	 May 1, 1989
 	  	 2 signed copies of this Amendment 1 (See page 16)
 
	 
	 May 17, 1989
 	  	 General information as requested under Section I of the cover letter, transmitting this document, if applicable.
 
	 
	 May 31, 1989
 	  	 Documentation of the offered building’s features as related to the source selection criteria. Also see Paragraph 8, page 5.
 

 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                            Page 5 of 79 

  
 
	 June 05, 1989
 	    	 Cost Proposals: With regard to the Twenty (20) year operating lease, offerors must submit the following documents:
 
	 
	  	    	 1.     Proposal to Lease Space (GSA Form 1364)
 
	  	    	 2.     Proposal to Lease Parking Space (GSA Form 1364P)
 
	  	    	 3.     Proposal to Lease Space – Alternate Proposal (GSA Form 1364B)
 

 
  
 [SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED] 
  
 Offers must remain open until April 27, 1990. 
  
 7  OCCUPANCY DATE (As Amended 04/25/89) 
  
 To be responsive, offerors must have
completed their base building to the point that phased tenant buildout can commence no later than September of 1991. (Also see Paragraph 45) 
  
 8  HOW TO OFFER (As Amended 09/21/89) 
  
 ALL DOCUMENTS REQUIRED TO BE SUBMITTED
UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SFO MUST BE DELIVERED TO MR. ROY ECKERT, CONTRACTING OFFICER, AT THE ADDRESS BELOW BY 3:00 P.M. ON THE DAY SPECIFIED: 
  
 MR. ROY ECKERT 
 CONTRACTING OFFICER 
 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION 

7TH AND D STREETS, S.W. ROOM 7931 
 WASHINGTON, DC 20407 
  
 [SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED] 
  
 There will be no public opening of
offers and all offers will be confidential until the lease has been awarded; however, the Government may release proposals outside the Government to a Government support contractor to assist in the evaluation of offers. Such Government contractors
shall be required to protect the data from unauthorized disclosure. Offerors who desire to maximize protection of information in their offers may apply the restrictive notice to their offers as proscribed in the provision entitled “52.215-12,
Restriction on Disclosure and Use of Data”. (See GSA Form 3516, Solicitation Provisions, Attachment Dated 7/89) 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                            Page 6 of 79 

  
 The evaluation of the quality factors will be based in part on the supporting documentation submitted by
each offeror. Accordingly, offerors are requested to submit any and all information they wish to have considered as part of the evaluation process. 
  
 [SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED] 
  

	8a.
	 
	Offerors must submit six sets of 1/8” scaled blueline prints with dimensions noted on all prints and sketches of design concepts, including the site plan,
floor plans, building elevations and sections as well as “thumbnail” perspectives. Critical dimensions must be indicated on all site and floor plans. Photostatic copies are not acceptable, as the Government intends to scale the drawing in
order to calculate square footage. 
 

  
 The floorplans, building elevations and sections shall
clearly and accurately identify all architectural features including the following: 
  
 Plans 

 

	 	1.
	 
	Column locating and spacing, 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	Bay configuration, 
 

  

	 	3.
	 
	Core space location, use and configuration, 
 

  

	 	4.
	 
	Location and number of elevators, 
 

  

	 	5.
	 
	Location and number of shafts and stairwells, (to include all wet stacks) 
 

  

	 	6.
	 
	Location, size and configuration of public corridors, 
 

  

	 	7.
	 
	Location, size and configuration of lobbies as well as any proposed public space, 
 

  

	 	8.
	 
	Location and nature of any other tenant egress and ingress as well as travel patterns through the building, 
 

  

	 	9.
	 
	Indicate which area or areas which could accommodate increased floor load or which bays are designed to be structurally reinforced and 

  

	 	10.
	 
	Indicate any floor(s) or specific areas where the ceiling height deviates from the building standard. 
 

  
 Sections and Elevations 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Fenestration detail. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                            Page 7 of 79 

  

	8b.
	 
	Offerors, if they have not already done so, must submit detailed design criteria for the following building systems: 
 

  
 Heating, ventilation and air conditioning and 
  
 Electrical distribution system (to include the primary and any secondary service into the building). 
  

	8c.
	 
	Offerors must submit to the Government exhibits to include but not limited to the following base building materials: 
 

  
 Exterior curtain wall, 
  
 Interior entrance and elevator lobby, 
  
 Elevator cab, 
  
 Restroom and 
  
 Building Standard wall, floor, ceiling and window. 
  
 If actual samples of the proposed building
materials are not available, color reproductions of the aforementioned samples will suffice. 
  

	8d.
	 
	Offerors must submit 1/8 inch scale typical building section and exterior elevation prints with dimensions noted. 
 

  

	8e.
	 
	Offerors, if they have no already done so, must submit to the Government, as a minimum, Complete Design Development Documents1. The Design Development documents shall include: 
 

  

	 	*
	 
	Site plans indicating General location and nature of site improvements. 
 

  

	 	*
	 
	Plans, elevations, sections, schedules and notes as required to fix and describe the project as to architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical systems.

 

  

	 	*
	 
	Outline specifications of the Preliminary Project Manual. 
 

  
 Drawings at a further state of completion are acceptable. If the aforementioned documents have been forwarded in response to this SFO, as part of an earlier submission, then offerors need not re-submit
the drawings and specifications. However, they should identify the date of submission as well as the date on the plans themselves. 
  

	1
	 
	Reference: AIA Architect’s Handbook of Professional Practice Project Procedures & Specifications. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 8 of 79 

  
 9. NEGOTIATIONS 
  
 [SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED] 
  
 10  PRICE EVALUATION (PRESENT VALUE) (As Amended 01/30/90) 
  
 Evaluation of lease
offers will be conducted on the basis of the annual price per square foot, including the ten (10) year option period. 
  

	I.
	 
	Evaluation of Lease Proposals 
 

  

	 	(A)
	 
	The Offeror must submit his or her offer in sufficient detail for the Government to evaluate the following: 
 

  

	 	1.
	 
	The annual price per net usable square foot for the initial twenty (20) year term including the price for the 150 parking spaces. (This price shall not include
any amount for services and utilities i.e., operating expenses). 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	The base price per net usable square foot for services and utilities (i.e., operating expenses). 
 

  

	 	3.
	 
	The price per net usable square foot for the special requirements specified in Paragraph 103 of the SFO. 
 

  

	 	4.
	 
	The price for the base year for the 350 parking permits per Paragraph 01(D) of the SFO. 
 

  

	 	5.
	 
	The annual price per net usable square foot for the ten (10) year renewal term specified in Paragraph 05 of the SFO. 
 

  
 Items 1, 2, 3, and 4 of this paragraph (A) combined are the total price per square foot offered. If the offer includes annual Consumer
Price Index (CPI) adjustments in operating expenses, the net and base prices combined are the total gross annual per square foot price offered. If the offer includes annual adjustments in operating expenses, the base price from which adjustments are
made will be the base price for the term of the lease, including any option periods. 
  
 Item 5 will be evaluated
along with the total price per square foot offered for the initial term to determine which offer is the most economically advantageous to the Government. 
  
 Each element of total annual price per square foot, described above, will be evaluated by the Government, and the Government reserves the right to reject any offer if it is determined that the price
offered for any element of total annual price per square foot is determined to be unreasonable. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 9 of 79 

  

	 	(B)
	 
	The Government will conduct a discounted cash flow analysis and reduce prices offered to a composite annual square foot price, as follows: 

  

	 	1.
	 
	Parking and wareyard areas will be excluded from the total square footage, but not from the price. For different types of space, the gross annual per square
foot price will be determined by dividing the total annual rental by the total square footage and subtracting the amount for parking and wareyard areas. 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	If annual adjustments in operating expenses will not be made, the gross annual per square foot price will be discounted annually at 8% to yield a gross present
value life cycle cost (PVLOC) per square foot. 
 

  

	 	3.
	 
	If annual adjustments in operating expenses will be made, the annual price per square foot, minus the cost of operating expenses and the initial year
“1” cost for the three hundred and fifty (350) parking permits, will be discounted annually at 8% to yield a net PVLOC per square foot. The operating expenses will be both escalated at 4% compounded annually and discounted annually at 8%
then added to the net PVLOC to yield the gross PVLOC. 
 

  
 The initial year “1” cost for
the three hundred and fifty (350) parking permits will also be escalated at 5% compounded annually, and discounted annually at 8%, then added to the net PVLOC to yield the gross PVLOC. 
  

	 	4.
	 
	To the gross PVLOC will be added; 
 

  

	 	a.
	 
	The cost of Government-provided services not included in the rental escalated at 4% compounded annually and discounted annually at 8%. 

  

	 	b.
	 
	The annualized (over the full term) per square foot cost of any items which are to be reimbursed in a lump-sum payment (the cost of these items is present
value; therefore, it will not be discounted.) 
 

  

	 	(C)
	 
	The sum of the above will be the per square foot present value of the offer for price evaluation purposes. 
 

  
 11  HISTORIC PREFERENCE GSAR 552.270-4(JUNE 1985) 
  

	 	(A)
	 
	SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED 
 

  

	 	(1)
	 
	SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 10 of 79 

  

	 	(2)
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 
 

  

	 	(B)
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 
 

  
 12  AWARD (As Amended 04/25/89) 
  
 After conclusion of negotiations, the
Contracting officer will require the Offeror selected for award to execute the proposed lease or lease purchase agreement prepared by GSA which reflects the agreement of the parties. 
  

	A.
	 
	The proposed lease shall consist of: 
 

	 	(1)
	 
	Standard Form 2, U.S. Government Lease for Real Property 
 

	 	(2)
	 
	GSA Form 3517, General Clauses 
 

	 	(3)
	 
	GSA Form 3518, Representations and Certifications 
 

	 	(4)
	 
	The Pertinent Provisions of the Offer, and 
 

	 	(5)
	 
	The Pertinent Provisions of the SFO. 
 

  

	B.
	 
	Intentionally left blank. 
 

	 	(1)
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 
 

	 	(2)
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 
 

	 	(3)
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 
 

	 	(4)
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 
 

	 	(5)
	 
	INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 
 

  
 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 11 of 79 

  
 [SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED] 
  

The Government reserves the right to accept or reject any offers, and an award may be made for either a standard operating lease as in A above, or a Lease/Purchase
Agreement as in B above. 
  
 The award of this contract is subject to Congressional review and other Governmental
reviews, clearance, etc. 
  
 13   ORGANIZATION OF SOLICITATION 
  
 THE PARAGRAPHS OF THIS SOLICITATION ARE SUBDIVIDED INTO MAJOR TOPICS OR “SECTIONS.” PARAGRAPH TITLES ARE SHOWN ALPHABETICALLY BY SECTION AND PARAGRAPH
NUMBER IN THE INDEX. 
  
 14  FIRE PROTECTION, OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, AND ENVIRONMENTAL
SAFETY 
  
 BUILDINGS IN WHICH SPACE IS OFFERED FOR LEASE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE GSA FIRE PROTECTION, OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH,
AND ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY STANDARDS AS DESCRIBED IN THIS SOLICITATION AND THE AGENCY HANDBOOK NUMBERED PBS P 5900.2C. EQUIVALENT PROTECTION, AS REQUIRED BY THE APPLICABLE STANDARDS, SHALL BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 

 
 ADDITIONALLY, OFFERS WHICH INCLUDE ALTERNATE FIRE PROTECTION FEATURES MUST INCLUDE A WRITTEN ANALYSIS OF A CERTIFIED FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER FULLY
DESCRIBING ANY EXCEPTIONS TAKEN TO THE FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SOLICITATION (SEE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED “ALTERNATIVE FIRE PROTECTION FEATURES” FOR MORE DETAILED REQUIREMENTS). 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 12 of 79 

  
 SECTION: 2 
 AWARD FACTORS 
  
 15  GENERAL 
  
 THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL CONDUCT ORAL OR WRITTEN NEGOTIATIONS WITH ALL RESPONSIBLE OFFERORS
THAT ARE WITHIN THE COMPETITIVE RANGE. THE COMPETITIVE RANGE WILL BE ESTABLISHED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER ON THE BASIS OF COST OR PRICE AND OTHER FACTORS THAT ARE STATED IN THIS SOLICITATION AND WILL INCLUDE ALL OFFERS THAT HAVE A REASONABLE
CHANCE OF BEING SELECTED FOR AWARD. THE OFFERORS WILL BE PROVIDED A REASONABLE OPPORTUNITY TO SUBMIT ANY COST OR PRICE, TECHNICAL OR OTHER REVISIONS TO THEIR OFFERS THAT MAY RESULT FROM THE NEGOTIATIONS. NEGOTIATIONS WILL BE CLOSED WITH SUBMISSION
OF BEST & FINAL OFFERS. 
  
 16  HANDICAPPED 
  
 ALL OFFERS RECEIVED IN RESPONSE TO THE REQUEST FOR “BEST AND FINAL” OFFERS WILL BE INITIALLY EVALUATED TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE OFFERS MEET THE UNIFORM
FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS AS A REQUIREMENT OF THIS SOLICITATION. IF OFFERS ARE RECEIVED WHICH FULLY MEET HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS, OTHER OFFERS WHICH DO NOT FULLY MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED UNLESS THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
REQUESTS A WAIVER OF HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS AND THE ADMINISTRATOR OF GSA GRANTS THE WAIVER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS ACT OF 1968, AS AMENDED. 
  
 IF NO OFFERS ARE RECEIVED WHICH FULLY MEET HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS BUT OFFERS ARE RECEIVED WHICH SUBSTANTIALLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS, OTHER OFFERS WHICH DO NOT SUBSTANTIALLY MEET THESE
REQUIREMENTS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. “SUBSTANTIALLY MEETS” AS USED HEREIN WITH RESPECT TO THE HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS MEANS THE OFFER COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS STATED IN THE UNIFORM FEDERAL ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS AS NOTED IN THE
FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS: 
  
 “HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON WALKS, PARKING, RAMPS AND ENTRANCES; “DOORS”,
SUBPARAGRAPH ON INTERIOR DOORS; “STAIRS”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON HANDRAILS; “FLOORS AND FLOORLOAD”, “RESTROOMS”; SUBPARAGRAPH ON HANDICAPPED FACILITIES, LAVATORY AND OTHER; “DRINKING FOUNTAINS”;
“ELEVATORS”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON ENTRANCE AND CALL BUTTONS. 
  
 IF NO OFFER MEETS THE MODIFIED HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS DESCRIBED
ABOVE, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY MAKE AN AWARD CONSISTENT WITH THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOLICITATION WITH DUE CONSIDERATION TO THE EXTENT OFFERS CAN MEET ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS FOR ENTRANCES, ELEVATORS, TOILETS AND WATER FOUNTAINS. (SEE
“OTHER FACTORS” PARAGRAPH BELOW). 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 13 of 79 

  
 17  HANDICAPPED AND SEISMIC SAFETY 

 
 ALL OFFERS RECEIVED IN RESPONSE TO THE REQUEST FOR “BEST AND FINAL” OFFERS WILL BE INITIALLY EVALUATED TO DETERMINE WHETHER THE OFFERS MEET
THE SEISMIC SAFETY AND HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SOLICITATION. IF OFFERS ARE RECEIVE WHICH FULLY MEET BOTH SEISMIC SAFETY AND HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS, OTHER OFFERS WHICH DO NOT FULLY MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL NOT BE
CONSIDERED UNLESS THE CONTRACTING OFFICER REQUESTS A WAIVER OF HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS AND THE ADMINISTRATOR OF GSA GRANTS THE WAIVER IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ARCHITECTURAL BARRIERS ACT OF 1968, AS AMENDED. 
  
 FULL COMPLIANCE 
 ****************** 
  
 “FULLY MEETS” WITH REGARD TO HANDICAPPED MEANS MEETING ALL OF THE HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS
OF THIS SOLICITATION. 
  
 “FULLY MEETS” WITH REGARD TO SEISMIC SAFETY MEANS THE OFFER CONTAINS A CERTIFICATION BY A REGISTERED
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER THAT THE BUILDING CONFORMS TO THE SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION OF THE CURRENT (AS OF THE DATE OF THIS SOLICITATION) EDITION OF THE UNIFORM BUILDING CODE (UBC) OR THE APPLICABLE SECTIONS OF THE APPLICABLE BUILDING
OFFICIALS AND CODE ADMINISTRATORS CODE (BOCA) OR THE 1970 EDITION IF THE LATERAL LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM IS OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION OR THE 1976 EDITION IF THE LATERAL LOAD RESISTING SYSTEM IS OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY CONSTRUCTION. 
  
 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLIANCE: 
 *************************** 
  
 IF NO OFFERS ARE RECEIVED WHICH FULLY MEET BOTH SEISMIC SAFETY AND HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY
REQUIREMENTS BUT OFFERS ARE RECEIVED FOR PROPERTIES WHICH SUBSTANTIALLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS, OTHER OFFERS WHICH DO NOT SUBSTANTIALLY MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS WILL NOT BE CONSIDERED. 
  
 “SUBSTANTIALLY MEETS” WITH REGARD TO SEISMIC SAFETY MEANS THE OFFEROR HAS PROVIDED AN ANALYSIS BY A REGISTERED STRUCTURAL ENGINEER THAT SPECIFICALLY DESCRIBES ALL EXCEPTIONS TO FULL UBC
AND/OR BOCA COMPLIANCE AND A STATEMENT THAT THE BUILDING HAS ADEQUATE STRENGTH TO RESIST THE MAXIMUM CREDIBLE EARTHQUAKE WITHOUT COLLAPSE. STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS MAY BE REQUIRED. 
  
 “SUBSTANTIALLY MEETS” AS USED HEREIN WITH RESPECT TO THE HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS MEANS THE OFFER COMPLIES WITH THE REQUIREMENTS STATED IN THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPHS: 
  
 “HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON WALKS, PARKING, RAMPS AND ENTRANCES; “DOORS”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON INTERIOR DOORS’
“STAIRS”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON HANDRAILS; “FLOOR AND FLOOR LOAD”; “RESTROOMS”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON HANDICAPPED FACILITIES, LAVATORY AND OTHER; “DRINKING FOUNTAINS”; “ELEVATORS”, SUBPARAGRAPH ON ENTRANCE AND
CALL BUTTONS. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 14 of 79 

  
 LESS THAN SUBSTANTIAL: 
 ************************ 
  
 IF NO OFFER MEETS
THE MODIFIED HANDICAPPED REQUIREMENTS DESCRIBED ABOVE, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY MAKE AN AWARD CONSISTENT WITH THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOLICITATION WITH DUE CONSIDERATION TO THE EXTENT OFFERS CAN MEET ACCESSIBILITY STANDARDS FOR ENTRANCE,
ELEVATORS, TOILETS AND WATER FOUNTAINS. (SEE “OTHER FACTORS” PARAGRAPH BELOW). 
  
 IF NO OFFER MEETS THE MODIFIED SEISMIC SAFETY
REQUIREMENTS DESCRIBED ABOVE, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL MAKE AN AWARD CONSISTENT WITH THE OTHER REQUIREMENTS OF THE SOLICITATION WITH DUE CONSIDERATION TO THE EXTENT OFFERS CAN MEET SEISMIC SAFETY. (SEE “OTHER FACTORS” PARAGRAPH BELOW).

  
 18  OTHER FACTORS (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 Evaluation Factors for Award 
  

	 	A.
	 
	After the review of “Best and Final” offers is completed, the Government will make an award to the responsible offeror(s) whose offer conforms to the
Solicitation and is most advantageous to the Government, cost or price and quality factors considered. The quality factors are specified in section “B” of this paragraph. For this solicitation, technical quality is more important than cost
or price. As proposals become more equal in their technical merit, the evaluated cost or price becomes more important. 
 

  

	 	B.
	 
	The technical evaluation factors listed below are in order of descending importance insofar as factor “I” is of most importance; Factor “II”
is of lessor importance; factors “III-V” are equal to each other but as individual factors not as important as factor “II”; and factor “VI” is of lessor value than any other factor. The final technical rating and the
final price will not be combined/evaluated on a percentage basis. The technical factors are as follows: 
 

  

	 	I.
	 
	Qualification of Offeror 
 

  
 Offerors will be evaluated based on the following: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Performance in servicing and maintaining commercial buildings, based on input from previous and current clients (in the absence of previous experience an
Operations and Maintenance Plan will be reviewed). 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	Technical expertise relating to the qualifications of subcontractors, personnel directing the project, prior performance, experience in meeting project budgets
and preestablished schedules. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 15 of 79 

  

	 	3.
	 
	Detail of offer submitted. Each offeror will be evaluated based on the level of experience of the firms and individual they identify. Should a firm or
individual whose credentials were considered as part of the technical evaluation be replaced prior to complete occupancy by the Government of the space leased under the provisions of this solicitation, the offeror shall replace the firm or
individual with a firm or individual with a commensurate level of expertise. 
 

  

	 	II.
	 
	Special Facilities 
 

  
 Buildings will be evaluated to assess their adaptability to the Governments special facilities which include the following areas: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	an auditorium proximate to the lobby with as few columns as possible, 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	a loading dock capable of accommodating large tractor trailers, 
 

  

	 	3.
	 
	a lobby suitable for display purposes, 
 

  

	 	4.
	 
	other special features. 
 

  

	 	III
	 
	Safety and Security 
 

  
 Buildings will be evaluated to assess both internal and external security features. 
  

	 	IV
	 
	Physical Attributes 
 

  
 Buildings will be evaluated based upon their design as relating to the Governments needs. This evaluation will include the following: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	the percent of the total building that the National Aeronautics and Space Administration would occupy, 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	the layout efficiency ratio, 
 

  

	 	3.
	 
	the uniformity of column and module spacing, 
 

  

	 	4.
	 
	other features of the building offered. 
 

  

	 	V
	 
	Energy Conservation 
 

  
 Buildings will be evaluated based upon the quality, texture and permanency of materials used in the construction of the exterior of the building, energy conservation features, design of the exterior curtain wall of the building,
insulation value of the curtain wall and the components of which it is composed and the siting of the building. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 16 of 79 

  

	 	VI
	 
	Attributes of Site 
 

  
 Buildings will be evaluated based on their site being situated in a location most befitting the mission of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, including but not limited to consideration of the surrounding neighborhood,
availability of public transportation, proximity to public parking and any other preferable features. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 17 of 79 

  
 SECTION: 3 
 MISCELLANEOUS 
  
 19 UNIT COSTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS (As amended 12/18/89) 
  
 SEVERAL PARAGRAPHS IN THIS SFO SPECIFY MEANS FOR DETERMINING
QUANTITIES OF MATERIALS. THESE ARE GOVERNMENT PROJECTIONS TO ASSIST THE OFFEROR IN COST ESTIMATING. ACTUAL QUANTITIES MAY NOT BE DETERMINED UNTIL AFTER THE LEASE IS AWARDED AND THE SPACE LAYOUT COMPLETED. TO ENABLE AN EQUITABLE SETTLEMENT IF THE
GOVERNMENT LAYOUT DEPARTS FROM THE PROJECTION, THE OFFEROR MUST LIST A UNIT COST FOR EACH OF THESE MATERIALS. GSA WILL USE EACH UNIT COST TO MAKE A LUMP SUM PAYMENT OR RENTAL INCREASE IF THE AMOUNT OF MATERIAL REQUIRED BY THE LAYOUT IS MORE THAN
SPECIFIED OR TAKE CREDIT FROM THE INITIAL RENTAL PAYMENT IF THE AMOUNT IS LESS THAN SPECIFIED. OFFERORS ARE REQUIRED TO STATE IN THE OFFER OR IN AN ATTACHMENT: 
  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER LINEAR FOOT OF OFFICE SUBDIVIDING CEILING-HIGH PARTITIONING. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER LINEAR FOOT OF OFFICE SUBDIVIDING SLAB TO SLAB PARTITIONING WITH SOUND ATTENUATION BATTS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER FLOOR MOUNTED DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER WALL MOUNTED DUPLEX ELECTRICAL OUTLET. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER FLOOR MOUNTED FOURPLEX (DOUBLE DUPLEX) ELECTRICAL OUTLET. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER WALL MOUNTED FOURPLEX (DOUBLE DUPLEX) ELECTRICAL OUTLET. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER FLOOR MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER WALL MOUNTED TELEPHONE OUTLET. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER INTERIOR DOOR. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER SUITE ENTRY DOOR. (DOUBLE DOOR) 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER SQUARE FOOT OF VINYL WALL COVERING 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER SQUARE FOOT OF PAINTING (2 COATS PLUS PRIMER) 
 

  

	*
	 
	THE COST PER SQUARE YARD OF SOLICITATION GRADE CARPET TILES 
 

  

	*
	 
	The cost per wall-mounted dedicated clean electrical computer receptacle. 
 

	    
	 
	(No more than five outlets per homerun) 
 

  

	*
	 
	The cost per floor-mounted dedicated clean electrical computer receptacle. 
 

	    
	 
	(No more than five outlets per homerun). 
 

  

	*
	 
	The cost per key-operated lockset (see paragraph 52, Doors: Hardware) 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 18 of 79 

  
 20 ALTERATIONS COSTING $25,000 OR LESS 
  

	(A)
	 
	THE UNIT PRICES WHICH THE OFFEROR IS REQUIRED TO LIST WILL BE USED, UPON ACCEPTANCE BY GSA, DURING THE FIRST YEAR OF THE LEASE TO PRICE ALTERATIONS COSTING
$25,000 OR LESS. THESE PRICES MAY BE INDEXED OR RENEGOTIATED TO APPLY TO SUBSEQUENT YEARS OF THE LEASE UPON MUTUAL AGREEMENT OF THE LESSOR AND GOVERNMENT. 
 

  

	(B)
	 
	WHERE UNIT PRICES FOR ALTERATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE, THE LESSOR MAY BE REQUESTED TO PROVIDE A PRICE PROPOSAL FOR THE ALTERATIONS. ORDERS WILL BE PLACED BY
ISSUANCE OF A GSA FORM 276, SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT, A GSA FORM 300, ORDER FOR SUPPLIES OR SERVICES, OR A TENANT AGENCY APPROVED FORM. THE CLAUSES ENTITLED “GSAR 552.232-70 (A) (APRIL 1984) PAYMENT DUE DATE” AND “GSAR 552.232-72
(DECEMBER 1984), INVOICE REQUIREMENTS” (SEE GSA FORM 3517), APPLY TO ORDERS FOR ALTERATIONS. ALL ORDERS ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LEASE. 
 

  

	(C)
	 
	ORDERS MAY BE PLACED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, THE GSA BUILDINGS MANAGER OR TENANT AGENCY OFFICIALS WHEN SPECIFICALLY AUTHORIZED TO DO SO BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER. THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL PROVIDE THE LESSOR WITH A LIST OF AGENCY OFFICIALS AUTHORIZED TO PLACE ORDERS AND WILL SPECIFY ANY LIMITATIONS ON THE AUTHORITY DELEGATED TO TENANT AGENCY OFFICIALS. THE TENANT AGENCY OFFICIALS ARE NOT
AUTHORIZED TO DEAL WITH THE LESSOR ON ANY OTHER MATTERS. 
 

  

	(D)
	 
	PAYMENTS FOR ALTERATIONS ORDERED BY TENANT AGENCIES WILL BE MADE DIRECTLY BY THE AGENCY PLACING THE ORDER. 
 

  
 21 ALTERNATE PROPOSALS (As amended 04/25/89) 
  
 This Solicitation specifies one item for which an alternate proposal is required. The Offeror must prepare his or her proposal to address the option as specified below: 
  
 Option A 
 As part of the initial proposal, the Offeror will provide an access floor
system only in the areas specified in Paragraph 103 of this SFO. The balance of the Building will have standard flooring and electrical distribution as specified in Paragraph 70A. 
  
 This Proposal should be prepared on GSA Form 1364, “Proposal to Lease Space”. The cost of any access flooring should be included in the total amount to be entered on line 9 of the form,
entitled “Specials”. 
  
 If you are submitting a lease/purchase offeror, your proposal reflecting the foregoing buildout should be
submitted on Exhibit A (GSA Form A2010). 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 19 of 79 

  
 Option B 
 As part of the initial
proposal, the Offeror will provide an alternate proposal for an access floor system throughout the building, except as specifically stated to the contrary, to meet the specifications stated in Paragraph 39 of this SFO. This proposal should also take
into account the alternate electrical distribution requirements as specified in Paragraph 70B, of this SFO. 
  
 This Proposal should be
prepared on GSA Form 1364A, Proposal to Lease Space (Access Flooring). The cost for all 5-inch raised access flooring should be included in the rate per net usable square foot for office space, (line 7). 
  
 If you are submitting a lease/purchase offer, your proposal reflecting the foregoing buildout should be submitted on Exhibit A (GSA Form A2010A). 

 
 GSA may elect the option it deems most favorable. 
  
 22. TAX ADJUSTMENT GSAR 552.270-24 (JUNE 1985) 
 (Not
Applicable in the Event of Lease Purchase) (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  

	(A)
	 
	The Government shall pay additional rent during both the initial term and any option periods, if exercised; for its share of increases in real estate taxes over
taxes paid for the calendar year in which its lease commences (base year). PAYMENT WILL BE IN A LUMP SUM AND BECOME DUE ON THE FIRST WORKDAY OF THE MONTH FOLLOWING THE MONTH IN WHICH PAID TAX RECEIPTS FOR THE BASE YEAR AND THE CURRENT YEAR ARE
PRESENTED, OR THE ANNIVERSARY DATE OF THE LEASE, WHICHEVER IS LATER. 
 

  
 THE GOVERNMENT WILL BE
RESPONSIBLE FOR PAYMENT ONLY IF THE RECEIPTS ARE SUBMITTED WITHIN 60 CALENDAR DAYS OF THE DATE THE TAX PAYMENT IS DUE. IF NO FULL TAX ASSESSMENT IS MADE DURING THE CALENDAR YEAR IN WHICH THE GOVERNMENT LEASE COMMENCES, THE BASE YEAR WILL BE THE
FIRST YEAR OF A FULL ASSESSMENT. 
  
 A “full assessment” shall be deemed to be an assessment based upon the
income stream approach to the assessment of buildings. Neither an assessment based upon the cost approach to assessment, nor an assessment based upon the income stream approach which grants allowances for lease up periods, shall be deemed a
“full assessment” for the purposes of determining a tax base in accordance with the provisions of this clause. The percentage of Government occupancy for the purpose of this clause is hereby fixed at 98.5%. 
  
 Lessors are hereby required to submit documentation from their local jurisdiction’s tax assessor’s office attesting that their
tax base has been developed in accordance with the above requirements. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 20 of 79 

  

	(B)
	 
	THE GOVERNMENT’S SHARE OF THE TAX INCREASE WILL BE BASED ON THE RATIO OF rentable SQUARE FEET leased BY THE GOVERNMENT TO THE TOTAL RENTABLE SQUARE FEET IN
THE BUILDING. IF THE GOVERNMENT’S LEASE TERMINATES BEFORE THE END OF A CALENDAR YEAR, PAYMENT WILL BE BASED ON THE PERCENTAGE OF THE YEAR IN WHICH THE GOVERNMENT OCCUPIED SPACE. THE PAYMENT WILL NOT INCLUDE PENALTIES FOR NONPAYMENT OR DELAY IN
PAYMENT. IF THERE IS ANY VARIANCE BETWEEN THE ASSESSED VALUE OF THE GOVERNMENT’S SPACE AND OTHER SPACE IN THE BUILDING, THE GOVERNMENT MAY ADJUST THE BASIS FOR DETERMINING ITS SHARE OF THE TAX INCREASE. 
 

 

	(C)
	 
	THE GOVERNMENT MAY CONTEST THE TAX ASSESSMENT BY INITIATING LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE GOVERNMENT AND THE LESSOR OR THE GOVERNMENT ALONE. IF THE
GOVERNMENT IS PRECLUDED FROM TAKING LEGAL ACTION, THE LESSOR SHALL CONTEST THE ASSESSMENT UPON REASONABLE NOTICE BY THE GOVERNMENT. THE GOVERNMENT SHALL REIMBURSE THE LESSOR FOR ALL COSTS AND SHALL EXECUTE ALL DOCUMENTS REQUIRED FOR THE LEGAL
PROCEEDINGS. THE LESSOR SHALL AGREE WITH THE ACCURACY OF THE DOCUMENTS. THE GOVERNMENT SHALL RECEIVE ITS SHARE OF ANY TAX REFUND. IF THE GOVERNMENT ELECTS TO CONTEST THE TAX ASSESSMENT, PAYMENT OF THE ADJUSTED RENT SHALL BECOME DUE ON THE FIST
WORKDAY OF THE MONTH FOLLOWING CONCLUSION OF THE APPEAL PROCEEDINGS. 
 

  

	(D)
	 
	IN THE EVENT OF ANY DECREASES IN REAL ESTATE TAXES OCCURRING DURING THE TERM OF OCCUPANCY UNDER THE LEASE, THE RENTAL AMOUNT WILL BE REDUCED ACCORDINGLY. THE
AMOUNT OF ANY SUCH REDUCTIONS WILL BE DETERMINED IN THE SAME MANNER AS INCREASES IN RENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS CLAUSE. 
 

  
 23 OPERATING COSTS GSAR 552.270-23 (JUNE 1985) (As Amended 01/30/90) 
  

	(A)
	 
	Beginning with the second year of the lease and each year thereafter including any renewal periods, if exercised; the Government shall pay adjusted rent for
changes in costs for cleaning as outlined in Paragraph 85, supplies, materials, maintenance, trash removal, landscaping, water, sewer charges, hearing, electricity, and certain administrative expenses attributable to occupancy. APPLICABLE COSTS
LISTED ON GSA FORM 1217, LESSOR’S ANNUAL COST STATEMENT, WHEN NEGOTIATED AND AGREED UPON, WILL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE BASE RATE FOR OPERATING COSTS ADJUSTMENT. 
 

  

	(B)
	 
	THE AMOUNT OF ADJUSTMENT WILL BE DETERMINED BY MULTIPLYING THE BASE RATE BY THE PERCENT OF CHANGE IN THE COST OF LIVING INDEX. THE PERCENT CHANGE WILL BE
COMPUTED BY COMPARING THE INDEX FIGURE PUBLISHED FOR THE MONTH PRIOR TO THE LEASE COMMENCEMENT DATE WITH THE INDEX FIGURE PUBLISHED FOR THE MONTH WHICH BEGINS EACH SUCCESSIVE 12-MONTH PERIOD. 
 

  
 FOR EXAMPLE, A LEASE WHICH COMMENCES IN JUNE OF 1985 WOULD USE THE INDEX PUBLISHED FOR MAY OF 1985 AND THAT FIGURE WOULD BE COMPARED WITH
THE INDEX PUBLISHED FOR MAY OF 1986, MAY OF 1987, AND SO ON, TO DETERMINE THE PERCENT CHANGE. The Cost of Living Index will be measured by the U.S. Department of Labor Revised Consumer Price Index for Wage Earners and Clerical Workers, U.S. City
Average all items figure, (1982-84 = 100) published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. The base rate for the escalation of operating costs is hereby fixed at $3,481,297.44. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 21 of 79 

  
 PAYMENT WILL BE MADE WITH THE MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF FIXED RENT. RENTAL
ADJUSTMENTS WILL BE EFFECTIVE ON THE ANNIVERSARY DATE OF THE LEASE. PAYMENT OF THE ADJUSTED RENTAL RATE WILL BECOME DUE ON THE FIRST WORKDAY OF THE SECOND MONTH FOLLOWING THE PUBLICATION OF THE COST OF LIVING INDEX FOR THE MONTH PRIOR TO THE LEASE
COMMENCEMENT DATE. 
  

	(C)
	 
	IF THE GOVERNMENT EXERCISES AN OPTION TO EXTEND THE LEASE TERM AT THE SAME RATE AS THAT OF THE ORIGINAL TERM, THE OPTION PRICE WILL BE BASED ON THE ADJUSTMENT
DURING THE ORIGINAL TERM. ANNUAL ADJUSTMENTS WILL CONTINUE. 
 

  

	(D)
	 
	IN THE EVENT OF ANY DECREASES IN THE COST OF LIVING INDEX OCCURRING DURING THE TERM OF THE OCCUPANCY UNDER THE LEASE, THE RENTAL AMOUNT WILL BE REDUCED
ACCORDINGLY. THE AMOUNT OF SUCH REDUCTIONS WILL BE DETERMINED IN THE SAME MANNER AS INCREASES IN RENT PROVIDED UNDER THIS CLAUSE. 
 

  

	(E)
	 
	THE OFFER MUST CLEARLY STATE WHETHER THE RENTAL IS FIRM THROUGHOUT THE TERM OF THE LEASE OR IF IT IS SUBJECT TO ANNUAL ADJUSTMENT OF OPERATING COSTS AS
INDICATED ABOVE. IF OPERATING COSTS WILL BE SUBJECT TO ADJUSTMENT, IT SHOULD BE SPECIFIED ON BLOCK 19 OF GSA FORM 1364, PROPOSAL TO LEASE SPACE, CONTAINED ELSEWHERE IN THIS SOLICITATION. 
 

  
 24 NET USABLE SPACE (As Amended 09/21/89) 
  
 Net usable space is the method of measurement for the area for which the Government will pay a square foot rate. It is determined as follows: 
  

If the space is on a single tenancy floor, compute the inside gross area by measuring between the inside finish of the permanent exterior building walls from the face of the convectors
(pipes or other wall hung fixtures), if a convector occupies at least 50 percent of the length of the exterior walls. 
  
 If the space is on
a multiple tenancy floor, measure from the exterior building walls as above and to the room side finish of the fixed corridor and/or shaft walls and/or the center of the partition separating tenants. 
  
 In all measurements, make no deductions for columns and projections enclosing the structural elements of the building and deduct the following from the gross
area including their enclosing walls, if relevant. 
  

	 	*
	 
	Toilets and lounges, 
 

	 	*
	 
	Stairwells, 
 

	 	*
	 
	Elevators and escalator shafts, 
 

	 	*
	 
	Building equipment and service areas, 
 

	 	*
	 
	Entrance and elevator lobbies, 
 

	 	*
	 
	Stacks and shafts, and 
 

	 	*
	 
	Aisles, corridors, passageways and hallways in place or required by local codes and ordinances. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 22 of 79 

  
 Unless otherwise noted, all references in this solicitation to square feet shall mean net usable square
feet. 
  
 25 APPURTENANT AREAS 
  
 THE RIGHT TO USE APPURTENANT AREAS AND FACILITIES IS INCLUDED. THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO POST GOVERNMENT RULES AND REGULATIONS WHERE THE GOVERNMENT LEASES SPACE. 
  
 26 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES GSAR 552.270-22 (JUNE 1985) (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 In case of failure on the part of the lessor to complete an individual phase within the time fixed in the lease contract or letter of award, the lessor shall pay
the Government as fixed and agreed liquidated damages, pursuant to this clause, the sum of $0.05 per square foot per phase for each and every calendar day that the delivery is delayed beyond the date specified for delivery of that specific phase.

  
 27 VENDING FACILITIES 
  
 APPROXIMATELY 1200 SQUARE FEET OF THE SPACE IN PARAGRAPH NO. 1 WILL BE USED FOR THE OPERATION OF A VENDING FACILITY(IES) BY THE BLIND UNDER THE PROVISIONS OF THE RANDOLPH-SHEPPARD ACT (20 USC 107 ET.
SEG.). 
  
 GSA WILL CONTROL THE NUMBER, KIND, AND LOCATIONS OF VENDING FACILITIES AND WILL CONTROL AND RECEIVE INCOME FROM ALL AUTOMATIC
VENDING MACHINES. THE LESSOR IS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE NECESSARY UTILITIES AND TO MAKE RELATED ALTERATIONS. THE COST OF THE IMPROVEMENTS WILL BE NEGOTIATED AND PAYMENT WILL BE MADE BY THE GOVERNMENT EITHER ON A LUMP-SUM BASIS OR A RENTAL INCREASE.

  
 GSA WILL ASSURE THAT THE FACILITY(IES) DOES NOT COMPETE WITH OTHER FACILITIES HAVING EXCLUSIVE RIGHTS IN THE BUILDING. OFFERORS MUST
ADVISE GSA IF SUCH RIGHTS EXIST. 
  
 28 ADJUSTMENT FOR VACANT PREMISES GSAR 552.270-25 

 
 IF THE GOVERNMENT FAILS TO OCCUPY ANY PORTION OF THE LEASED PREMISES OR VACATES THE PREMISES IN WHOLE OR IN PART PRIOR TO EXPIRATION OF THE FIRM TERM
OF THE LEASE, THE RENTAL RATE SHALL BE REDUCED AS FOLLOWS: 
  
 THE RATE SHALL BE REDUCED BY THAT PORTION OF THE COSTS PER SQUARE FOOT OF
OPERATING EXPENSES NOT REQUIRED TO MAINTAIN THE SPACE. SAID REDUCTION SHALL OCCUR AFTER THE GOVERNMENT GIVES 30 DAYS PRIOR NOTICE TO THE LESSOR, AND SHALL CONTINUE IN EFFECT UNTIL THE GOVERNMENT OCCUPIES THE PREMISES OR THE LEASE EXPIRES OR IS
TERMINATED. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 23 of 79 

  
 29 RELOCATION ASSISTANCE ACT 
  
 IF AN IMPROVED SITE IS OFFERED AND NEW CONSTRUCTION WILL RESULT IN THE DISPLACEMENT OF INDIVIDUALS OR BUSINESSES, THE SUCCESSFUL OFFEROR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR
PAYMENT OF RELOCATION COSTS FOR DISPLACED PERSONS IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE UNIFORM RELOCATION ASSISTANCE AND REAL PROPERTY ACQUISITION POLICIES ACT OF 1970 (PL 91-646), AND THE FEDERAL PROPERTY MANAGEMENT REGULATIONS SUBPARTS 101-6.1 AND 101-18.3 (41
CFR SUBPART 101-6.1 AND 41 CFR SUBPART 101-18.3, RESPECTIVELY). 
  
 30 EVIDENCE OF CAPABILITY TO
PERFORM 
  

	(A)
	 
	AT THE TIME OF SUBMISSION OF OFFERS, OFFERORS SHALL SUBMIT TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER: 
 

  

	 	(1)
	 
	SATISFACTORY EVIDENCE OF AT LEAST A CONDITIONAL COMMITMENT OF FUNDS IN AN AMOUNT NECESSARY TO PREPARE THE SPACE. SUCH COMMITMENTS MUST BE SIGNED BY AN
AUTHORIZED BANK OFFICER AND AT A MINIMUM MUST STATE: AMOUNT OF LOAN; TERM IN YEARS; ANNUAL PERCENTAGE RATE; LENGTH OF LOAN COMMITMENT. 
 

  

	 	(2)
	 
	THE NAME OF THE PROPOSED CONSTRUCTION CONTRACTOR, AS WELL AS EVIDENCE OF HIS EXPERIENCE, COMPETENCY, AND PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES WITH CONSTRUCTION SIMILAR IN
SCOPE TO THAT WHICH IS REQUIRED HEREIN. 
 

  

	 	(3)
	 
	THE LICENSE OR CERTIFICATION OF THE INDIVIDUAL(S) AND/OR FIRM(S), PROVIDING ARCHITECTURAL AND ENGINEERING DESIGN SERVICES, TO PRACTICE IN THE STATE WHERE THE
FACILITY IS LOCATED. 
 

  

	 	(4)
	 
	COMPLIANCE WITH LOCAL ZONING LAWS OR EVIDENCE OF VARIANCES, IF ANY, APPROVED BY THE PROPER LOCAL AUTHORITY. 
 

  

	 	(5)
	 
	EVIDENCE OF OWNERSHIP OR CONTROL OF SITE. 
 

  
 AFTER AWARD: 
 *************** 

 
 WITHIN 120 DAYS AFTER AWARD, THE SUCCESSFUL OFFEROR/LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER EVIDENCE OF: 
  

	(1)
	 
	A FIRM COMMITMENT OF FUNDS IN AN AMOUNT SUFFICIENT TO PERFORM THE WORK. 
 

  

	(2)
	 
	AWARD OF A CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT WITH A FIRM COMPLETION DATE. 
 

  

	(3)
	 
	ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT COVERING CONSTRUCTION OF THE IMPROVEMENTS. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 24 of 79 

 31 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE 
  
 WITHIN 14 DAYS AFTER AWARD OF THE LEASE CONTRACT, THE SUCCESSFUL OFFEROR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER A TENTATIVE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE GIVING THE DATES ON WHICH THE VARIOUS PHASES OF
CONSTRUCTION WILL BE COMPLETED TO COINCIDE WITH THE GOVERNMENT’S REQUIRED OCCUPANCY DATE (SEE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED “OCCUPANCY DATE”). 
  
 THE SCHEDULE IS TO INCLUDE TIMING FOR COMPLETION OF DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION MILESTONES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO: 
  

	(1)
	 
	SUBMITTAL OF PRELIMINARY PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS, 
 

	(2)
	 
	SUBMITTAL OF OTHER WORKING DRAWINGS, 
 

	(3)
	 
	ISSUANCE OF A BUILDING PERMIT, 
 

	(4)
	 
	COMPLETED CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS, 
 

	(5)
	 
	START OF CONSTRUCTION, 
 

	(6)
	 
	COMPLETION OF PRINCIPAL CATEGORIES OF WORK, 
 

	(7)
	 
	PHASED COMPLETION, AND AVAILABILITY FOR OCCUPANCY OF EACH PORTION OF THE GOVERNMENT SPACE (BY FLOOR, BLOCK, OR OTHER APPROPRIATE CATEGORY), AND 

	(8)
	 
	FINAL CONSTRUCTION COMPLETION. 
 

  
 32 PROGRESS REPORTS (As Amended 01/30/90) 
  
 AFTER START OF CONSTRUCTION, THE SUCCESSFUL
OFFEROR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, WRITTEN PROGRESS REPORTS AT INTERVALS OF 30 DAYS. THE REPORT SHALL INCLUDE INFORMATION AS TO PERCENTAGE OF THE WORK COMPLETED BY PHASE AND TRADE, A STATEMENT AS TO EXPECTED COMPLETION AND OCCUPANCY
DATE, CHANGES INTRODUCED INTO THE WORK, AND GENERAL REMARKS ON SUCH ITEMS AS MATERIAL SHORTAGES, STRIKES, WEATHER, ETC. 
  
 The lessor is
required to provide continuing (day-to-day) notification to GSA of any anticipated modifications to the Government’s design intent drawing during all phases of building design, development, construction, and tenant alterations. 

 
 The lessor shall provide technical information and meet with the Governments representatives as required to clarify building and system design, and to
facilitate the design-build process. 
  
 The Government shall likewise provide the necessary personnel to interpret the Design Intent
Drawings and assist the lessor’s architects during the working drawing phase. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 25 of 79 

  
 33 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS 
  

	(A)
	 
	CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS WILL BE MADE PERIODICALLY BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER AND/OR DESIGNATED TECHNICAL REPRESENTATIVES TO REVIEW COMPLIANCE WITH THE
SOLICITATION REQUIREMENTS AND THE FINAL WORKING DRAWINGS. 
 

  

	(B)
	 
	PERIODIC REVIEWS, TESTS, AND INSPECTIONS BY THE GOVERNMENT ARE NOT TO BE INTERPRETED AS RESULTING IN ANY APPROVAL OF THE LESSOR’S APPARENT PROGRESS TOWARD
MEETING THE GOVERNMENT’S OBJECTIVES BUT ARE INTENDED TO DISCOVER ANY INFORMATION WHICH THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY BE ABLE TO CALL TO THE LESSOR’S ATTENTION TO PREVENT COSTLY MIS-DIRECTION OF EFFORT. THE LESSOR WILL REMAIN COMPLETELY
RESPONSIBLE FOR DESIGNING, CONSTRUCTING, OPERATING, AND MAINTAINING THE BUILDING IN FULL ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SOLICITATION. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 26 of 79 

  
 SECTION: 4 
 GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL 
  
 34 QUALITY & APPEARANCE OF BUILDING EXTERIOR 
  
 THE SPACE OFFERED SHOULD BE LOCATED IN A NEW OR MODERN OFFICE
BUILDING WITH FACADE OF STONE, MARBLE, BRICK, STAINLESS STEEL, ALUMINUM OR OTHER PERMANENT MATERIALS IN GOOD CONDITION ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THE BUILDING SHOULD BE COMPATIBLE WITH ITS SURROUNDINGS. OVERALL THE BUILDING SHOULD
PROJECT A PROFESSIONAL AND AESTHETICALLY PLEASING APPEARANCE INCLUDING AN ATTRACTIVE FRONT AND ENTRANCE WAY. 
  
 THE BUILDING SHOULD HAVE
ENERGY EFFICIENT WINDOWS OR GLASS AREAS CONSISTENT WITH THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF THE BUILDING, UNLESS NOT APPROPRIATE FOR INTENDED USE. THE FACADE, DOWNSPOUTS, ROOF TRIM AND WINDOW CASING ARE TO BE CLEAN AND IN GOOD CONDITION. IF NOT IN A NEW OR
MODERN OFFICE BUILDING, THE SPACE OFFERED SHOULD BE IN A BUILDING THAT HAS UNDERGONE, OR WILL COMPLETE BY OCCUPANCY, FIRST CLASS RESTORATION OR ADAPTIVE REUSE FOR OFFICE SPACE WITH MODERN CONVENIENCES. IF THE RESTORATION WORK IS UNDERWAY OR
PROPOSED, THEN ARCHITECTURAL PLANS ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER MUST BE SUBMITTED AS PART OF THE OFFER. 
  
 35 WORK PERFORMANCE 
  
 ALL WORK IN PERFORMANCE OF THIS LEASE MUST BE DONE BY SKILLED WORKERS OR MECHANICS AND BE ACCEPTABLE
TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. CERTIFICATION OF SKILLS MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED BY PROVIDING EVIDENCE OF LICENSES, TRAINING CERTIFICATES, CERTIFICATES OF STANDING IN TRAINING PROGRAMS, OR SIMILAR DOCUMENTATION TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER AT THE TIME THE
SCHEDULE IS PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PARAGRAPH 31: “CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE.” 
  
 36
BUILDING SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION 
  
 WHENEVER REQUESTED, THE LESSOR SHALL FURNISH AT NO COST TO GSA A CERTIFICATION BY A REGISTERED
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER(S) THAT THE BUILDING AND ITS SYSTEMS AS DESIGNED AND CONSTRUCTED WILL SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS LEASE. 
  
 37 SPACE EFFICIENCY AND GOOD UTILIZATION (As Amended 07/31/89) 
  
 The design of the space
offered must be conducive to efficient layout. Due to the potentially significant loss of usable square footage to circulation requirements specified by local codes and ordinances, each offeror is hereby required to submit an 1/8 inch
scaled/dimensioned floorplan identifying a schematic circulation pattern for a typical floor, in accordance with the District of Columbia Building Code corridor and egress requirements. Specific attention should be paid to the limit of common path
of travel to 100’ and the maximum length of a dead end corridor of 20’. 
  
 The floorplan should be prepared based on the
following assumptions: 
  
 — one hundred percent open plan office occupancy, and 
 — one hundred percent systems furniture workstations. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 27 of 79 

  
 In addition to the aforementioned, a square footage breakdown should be provided for the following:

  
 — interior gross, 
  
 — core, and 
  
 — net usable 
  
 The net usable measurement should specifically quantify, pursuant to Paragraph 24 of the SFO, the deductions made for corridors required by local codes and ordinances. 
  
 In light of this requirement for layout efficiency, the offeror’s blue line plans will be scaled by GSA to determine the net usable measurement of the space
offered. Subsequently, primary circulation requirements will be identified in accordance with the District of Columbia Building Code corridor and egress requirements. 
  
 The net usable measurement of the space offered will then be calculated based on the definition provided in Paragraph 24 of this Solicitation. The floorplans and figures calculated by GSA will be
compared with the floorplans and figures prepared by the respective offerors. Any dissimilarities between the two will be reconciled during the negotiation period. 
  
 38 FLOOR PLANS AFTER OCCUPANCY (As Amended 04/25/89) 
  
 Within 60 days after occupancy, 1/8-inch as-built reproducible mylar full floor plans, showing the space under lease as configured, walls and electrical outlets, as well as corridors, stairways and core areas, must be provided to the
contracting officer. 
  
 39 FLOORS AND FLOOR LOAD 
  
 ALL ADJOINING FLOOR AREAS MUST BE OF A COMMON LEVEL, NON-SLIP, AND ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. UNDERFLOOR SURFACES MUST BE SMOOTH AND LEVEL. OFFICE
AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LIVE LOAD CAPACITY OF 60 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT LIVE LOAD PLUS 20 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT FOR MOVEABLE PARTITIONS. STORAGE AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM LIVE LOAD CAPACITY OF 100 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT INCLUDING MOVEABLE
PARTITIONS. 
  
 WRITTEN CERTIFICATION OF THE FLOOR LOAD CAPACITY, AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT, BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER MAY BE
REQUIRED. CALCULATIONS AND STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS ARE REQUIRED WITHIN 30 DAYS AFTER OCCUPANCY. 
  
 ACCESS FLOORING: 
 ******************* 
  
 AS A PRICE OPTION, PROVIDE AN ALTERNATE PROPOSAL TO FURNISH AN ACCESS FLOOR SYSTEM THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING, EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED TO THE CONTRARY, TO MEET THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS.

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 28 of 79 

  
 THE ACCESS FLOOR SYSTEM SHALL BE A 5-INCH RAISED ACCESS FLOOR AND SHALL PROVIDE A ROLLING LOAD CAPACITY
OF 400 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT AND 1000 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT FOR CONCENTRATED LOADS. THE ULTIMATE LOAD SHALL BE 2000 POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT. FLOOR PANELS SHALL BE ALL-STEEL WITH POSITIVE ATTACHMENT AT THE CORNERS AND/OR SIDES. 

 
 FLOOR PANELS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED TO AFFORD AN ACCEPTABLE ACOUSTICAL QUALITY AND SHALL BE FINISHED WITH STATIC-DISSIPATIVE CARPET TILES. 

 
 ONE FLOOR PANEL WITH A CUTOUT TO MATCH THE FLOOR OUTLETS BEING PROVIDED AS PART OF THE ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE BASIS
OF ONE PANEL FOR EVERY 75 SQUARE FEET OF ACCESS FLOOR WITH A MINIMUM OF ONE PER SPACE. 
  
 ALL ACCESS FLOORS SHALL BE CONNECTED TO THE
BUILDING GROUNDING SYSTEM. FLOOR PANEL SHALL BE NOMINAL 24 INCH BY 24 INCH, PLUS OR MINUS 0.015 INCH, WITH A SQUARENESS TOLERANCE OF PLUS OR MINUS 0.015 INCH. FLATNESS OF PANELS SHALL BE WITHIN 0.020 INCH MEASURED ON A DIAGONAL ACROSS TOP OF PANEL.
FORMED STEEL PANELS SHALL BE MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD ALL-STEEL PANEL CONSTRUCTION, WITH DIE-CUT FLAT COLD-ROLLED STEEL SHEET AND DIE-FORMED AND STIFFENED COLD-ROLLED STEEL BOTTOM SHEET FABRICATED ENTIRELY OF NONCOMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL. ALL EXPOSED
SURFACES UNDER FLOORING TO BE TREATED TO PREVENT CORROSION AND FLAKING. 
  
 PEDESTAL AND STRINGER SYSTEM TO BE MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD,
WITH INTEGRAL VIBRATION-PROOF LEVELING MECHANISM, STEEL CONSTRUCTION, AND PEDESTAL HEAD DESIGNED EITHER FOR DIRECT BOLTING OF PANELS TO PEDESTAL HEAD OR FOR BOLTING OR STRINGERS TO PEDESTAL HEAD. PROVIDE FOUR BOLT HOLES PER PEDESTAL HEAD.

  
 PROVIDE ALL NECESSARY ACCESSORIES, INCLUDING RAILING, STAIRS, CUTOUTS, SERVICE OUTLETS, FLOOR GRILLES, PERFORATED PANELS, PLENUM
DIVIDERS, FASCIA AND PANEL LIFTING DEVICES. 
  
 40 EXITS & ACCESS 
  
 ALL EXITS, STAIRS, CORRIDORS, AISLES, AND PASSAGEWAYS THAT MAY BE USED BY THE GOVERNMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH NFPA STANDARD NO. 101, EXCEPT THAT THERE MUST BE AT
LEAST 2 SEPARATE EXITS AVAILABLE FROM EVERY FLOOR. THE MINIMUM WIDTH OF ANY CORRIDOR OR PASSAGEWAY SERVING AS A REQUIRED EXIT OR MEANS OF TRAVEL TO OR FROM A REQUIRED EXIT MUST BE NOT LESS THAN 44 INCHES CLEAR WIDTH. SCISSOR STAIRS ONLY COUNT AS ONE
EXIT. THE TWO MOST REMOTE EXITS ON EACH FLOOR MUST BE SEPARATED BY A DISTANCE EQUAL TO AT LEAST 2/3 THE LONG RECTANGULAR DIMENSION OF THE FLOOR, AND THE MAXIMUM LENGTH OF DEAD-END CORRIDORS AND COMMON PATHS OF TRAVEL IS 50 FEET. 

 
 VESTIBULES SHALL BE PROVIDED AT PUBLIC ENTRANCES AND EXITS WHEREVER WHETHER CONDITIONS AND HEAT LOSS ARE IMPORTANT FACTORS FOR CONSIDERATION. IN THE
EVENT OF NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE CONDITIONS, PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE FOR EQUALIZING AIR PRESSURE. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 29 of 79 

  
 41 WINDOWS 
  

OFFICE SPACE MUST HAVE WINDOWS IN EACH EXTERIOR BAY UNLESS WAIVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 WINDOWS SHALL BE FIXED ALUMINUM WINDOW, WINDOW WALL OR CURTAIN WALL AND SHALL BE A HEAVY COMMERCIAL GRADE COMPLYING WITH AAMA 101-85 OR AAMA CURTAIN WALL STANDARD. 
  
 WINDOWS SHALL BE WEATHERTIGHT AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES FOR WIND LOADING. FINISH IS TO BE A COLORED ANODIZED FINISH AS PER NAAMM AA-M12.C22-A44, CLASS I, 0.7 MIL. THICK. GLAZING TO BE
SEALED DOUBLE-GLAZED, AND SHALL COMPLY WITH ALL APPLICABLE CODES FOR TYPE AND WIND LOADING. ALL WINDOWS LESS THAN 18 INCHES ABOVE FINISH FLOOR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A SAFETY BAR TO MATCH ALUMINUM FRAME, APPROXIMATELY 3 FEET ABOVE FINISH FLOOR.

  
 42 WINDOWS ANTIINTRUSION 
  
 OFF-STREET, non-retail GROUND-LEVEL, WINDOWS AND THOSE ACCESSIBLE FROM FIRE ESCAPES AND ADJACENT ROOFS on the side of the building facing the Southeast/Southwest Freeway MUST HAVE EXTERIOR GRILLES OR
ANTIINTRUSION ALARM SYSTEMS TO DETER FORCIBLE ENTRY. 
  
 43 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY (As Amended
10/26/89) 
  
 PARKING: 
 ********* 
  
 Two of the one hundred parking permits specified under Paragraph 1of this SFO,
as amended, shall be designated for use by the physically handicapped. These spaces shall be located immediately adjacent to building entrances. 
  
 These spaces shall be at least eight feet wide with a five-foot-wide access aisle to a walk or ramp. Two spaces may share a common aisle. These spaces shall be designed so the disabled are not compelled to wheel or walk behind parked
cars. If necessary, curb cuts or ramps shall be provided. 
  
 WALKS: 
 ******* 
  
 AT LEASE ONE ACCESSIBLE ROUTE
HAVING NO STEPS OR ABRUPT CHANGES IN LEVEL SHALL BE PROVIDED FROM THE ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACE(S), PUBLIC SIDEWALK(S) AND TRANSPORTATION STOP(S), IF PROVIDED, INTO EACH ACCESSIBLE PRIMARY BUILDING ENTRANCE. PUBLIC WALKS IN THESE ACCESS PATHS SHOULD
BE AT LEAST 36 INCHES WIDE WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN ONE FOOT RISE IN 20 FEET. IF AN ACCESSIBLE WALK IS LESS THAN 60 INCHES IN WIDTH THEN IT SHALL HAVE LEVEL PASSING ZONES, SPACED AT NO MORE THAN 200 FEET APART, MEASURING A MINIMUM OF 60 INCHES
BY 60 INCHES. IT SHALL BE STABLE, FIRM AND SLIP RESISTANT. CHANGES IN LEVEL UP TO 1⁄4 INCH MAY BE VERTICAL AND WITHOUT EDGE TREATMENT. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 30 of 79 

  
 LEVEL CHANGES BETWEEN 1⁄4 INCH AND LESS THAN 1⁄2 INCH SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER
THAN 1:2. CHANGES EXCEEDING 1⁄2 INCH SHALL BE TREATED AS A RAMP. WHENEVER POSSIBLE, GRATINGS SHOULD NOT BE LOCATED WITHIN OR ALONG WALKS. WALKS SHALL HAVE A LEVEL PLATFORM AT THE TOP IN ACCORDANCE WITH “DOORS: MANEUVERING CLEARANCE”.

  
 RAMPS: 
 ******* 
  
 WHERE RAMPS ARE NECESSARY OR DESIRED, THEY SHALL BE OF A NON-SLIP SURFACE FACE, WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER
THAN ONE FOOT RISE IN 12 FEET. THEY MUST HAVE A MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH OF 3 FEET WITH LEVEL LANDINGS AT THE TOP AND BOTTOM OF EACH RAMP RUN. 
  
 EACH LANDING SHALL BE AS WIDE AS THE WIDEST RAMP RUN LEADING INTO IT. LANDINGS ON A STRAIGHT RUN RAMP SHALL BE 5 FEET MINIMUM. INTERMEDIATE LANDINGS FOR TURNING RAMPS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5 FEET BY 5 FEET. CONTINUOUS HANDRAILS SHALL
BE PROVIDED ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL RAMPS WITH A VERTICAL RISE GREATER THAN 6 INCHES. 
  
 RAMPS WITH VERTICAL DROP-OFFS GREATER THAN 6 INCHES
SHALL HAVE CURBS, WALLS, RAILINGS OR PROJECTING SURFACES. 
  
 ENTRANCES: 
 ************ 
  
 AT LEAST ONE MAIN ENTRANCE
SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE. IT SHALL BE CONNECTED BY AN ACCESSIBLE WALK TO HANDICAPPED PARKING, PUBLIC STREET(S), ACCESSIBLE ELEVATOR(S), AND OTHER ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS AND SPACES THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING. 
  
 IF POWER-OPERATED ENTRANCE DOORS ARE PROVIDED, THEY SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI 156.10 (1979). WHERE VESTIBULES ARE PROVIDED, DOORS IN A SERIES, IN A STRAIGHT LINE,
SHALL SWING IN THE SAME DIRECTION AND BE AT A DISTANCE OF 48 INCHES PLUS THE WIDTH OF ANY DOOR SWINGING INTO THE SPACE. 
  
 STAIRS: 
 ******* 
  
 IF FLOORS ARE SERVICED BY AN ACCESSIBLE ELEVATOR, STAIRS CONNECTING THESE FLOORS NEED NOT MEET THE ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS IN “STAIRS” AND “HANDRAILS”. ALL STEPS ON A SINGLE FLIGHT OF STAIRS SHALL HAVE
UNIFORM RISER HEIGHTS AND UNIFORM TREAD WIDTHS. OPEN RISER STAIRS ARE NOT PERMITTED. 
  
 STAIR TREADS SHALL NOT HAVE ABRUPT NOSING. THE
RADIUS OF CURVATURE AT THE LEADING EDGE OF THE TREAD SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1⁄2 INCH. THE MAXIMUM NOSING PROJECTION SHALL BE NO GREATER THAN 1-1/2 INCH. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 31 of 79 

  
 HANDRAILS: 
 ************ 
  
 STAIRS SHALL HAVE CONTINUOUS
HANDRAILS ON BOTH SIDES THAT EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 12 INCHES ON ONE SIDE BEYOND THE TOP RISER AND 12 INCHES PLUS THE WIDTH OF ONE TREAD ON ONE SIDE BEYOND THE BOTTOM RISER. AT THE TOP, THE 12 INCH EXTENSION SHALL BE PARALLEL WITH THE FLOOR.

  
 AT THE BOTTOM, THE HANDRAIL SHALL CONTINUE TO SLOPE FOR A DISTANCE OF ONE FLOOR TREAD WIDTH FROM THE BOTTOM RISER WITH THE 12 INCH
REMAINDER BEING HORIZONTAL AND PARALLEL WITH THE FLOOR. CARE SHOULD BE USED SO THE EXTENSION ITSELF DOES NOT PRESENT A HAZARD. 
  
 OTHER: 
 ******* 
  
 THE ROOF AND THE PENTHOUSE OF THE BUILDING NEED NOT BE ACCESSIBLE TO THE HANDICAPPED. 
  
 44 LANDSCAPING 
  
 WHERE TOPOGRAPHICAL CONDITIONS PERMIT, THE SITE SHALL BE LANDSCAPED WITH
TREES AND SHRUBBERY. THE CONTRACTING OFFICER SHALL APPROVE THE LANDSCAPING TO BE PROVIDED. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 32 of 79 

  
 SECTION: 5 
 ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES 
  
 45 LAYOUT AND FINISHES (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 WITHIN 30 DAYS FOLLOWING AWARD OF THE LEASE, THE OFFEROR MUST
SUBMIT TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER ALL REQUIRED FINISH SAMPLES. 
  
 I.    Preface

  
 The time period within the body of this paragraph are specified in working days. Unless otherwise noted, all
references within this document to square footage shall mean net usable square feet as defined within the body of Solicitation for Offers (SFO) 89-047, Paragraph 24. The time frames, specified within the body of this Paragraph 45, for either the
Government or the lessor may be accelerated at the option of the lessor should the time frame pertain to performance of obligations by the lessor and the Government, should the time frame pertain to performance of obligations by the Government.

  
 Prior to notification to award, the proposed successful offeror shall, if requested, provide additional
information, drawings, specifications and Architectural/Engineering (A/E) technical consultation as required to support the Government’s design intent effort. 
  
 Should an offeror be noticed by the Contracting Officer of the Government’s intent to award the lease and proceed according to the immediately preceding paragraph and
fail to receive the actual award, the Government shall reimburse the offeror for fair and reasonable costs associated with such work. 
  
 Due to the potential for significant design revision by the lessor and loss of usable square footage during refinement of the base building design development specifications and drawings, the Government will be excused from
its obligations under this paragraph to redesign the leased premises. 
  
 No claim of a party for delay shall lie
unless the party asserting the delay has met the following conditions. 
  

	 	1.
	 
	The party has notified the other party in writing of the impending delay and 
 

  

	 	2
	 
	The other party has not corrected the problem causing the delay within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of the notice of delay. 

  
 The Government shall accept the locations identified by the Lessor for the computer room, S.R. 6.1, and the
Auditorium, S.R. 4.6, if the locations do not conflict with/or hinder the program requirements of the tenant agency. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 33 of 79 

  
 II.    Base Building Blocking

  
 The General Services Administration (GSA) will provide blocking diagrams to the lessor with an exact location for
the following special requirements, within thirty five (35) days after lease execution by the Government: 
  
 
	 Special Use Area
 
	    	 S.R. No.
 

	 
	 Shipping & Receiving
 	    	 1.1
 
	 
	 Libraries
 	    	 2.1
 
	 
	 Child Care Center
 	    	 3.1
 
	 
	 Mail Room
 	    	 5.1
 

 
  
 III.    Design Intent
Drawings 
  
 The government shall prepare design intent drawings in increments of approximately sixty thousand
(60,000) square feet. The Government reserves the right to modify the size of each phase to proximate the size of a typical floor in the building. 
  
 Phase One 
 Phase one shall be subdivided into two phases of approximately 30,000 square feet each.
These phases for the purpose of this document shall be known as Phase “1A”, and Phase “1B”. 
  
 Phase 1A 
 Within fifteen (15) days after award the Government shall deliver blocking diagrams to the lessor establishing, as a
minimum, the locations of the following special use areas: 
  
 
	 Special Use Area
 
	  	 S.R. No.
 

	 
	 Computer Center
 	  	 6.1
 
	 
	 Program Support Communications Gateway
 	  	 6.4
 
	 
	 Communications Center
 	  	 6.5
 
	 
	 Cable Headend
 	  	 6.10
 
	 
	 UPS Room
 	  	 6.16
 

 
  
 GSA will not provide to the Lessor design intent drawings for the
tenant improvements to be made to the leased premises for Phase 1A. The Lessor shall be responsible for the A/E design of these special use areas. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 34 of 79 

  
 The Government shall provide the necessary program support and assistance for the
lessor to accomplish this task. The Lessor shall conduct meetings with Government personnel to develop and refine the tenant work for the spaces in question. 
  
 The lessor shall prepare the necessary documents and plans for the Government to conduct a formal review of the design effort at 50 percent and 75 percent completion. The lessor shall notify GSA at
least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated date for Government review. The government shall complete its final review within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the Government of the necessary documents and plans. Should revisions to the working
drawings be necessary, the Lessor shall have ten (10) days to correct all errors and omissions and deliver said revisions to the Government. 
  
 Phase 1B 
 Within one hundred (100) days after award the Government shall deliver design intent
drawings to the lessor for the remaining block of “Phase One” which shall consist of approximately thirty thousand (30,000) square feet. 
  
 Successive Phases 
 GSA shall deliver to the Lessor design intent drawings for the tenant
improvements to be made to the leased premises for each successive phase within eighty (80) days of the established due date of design intent drawings for the immediately preceding phase. Should the base building drawings prove inaccurate, as
determined by GSA, the eighty (80) day period will be extended to provide for redesign. The design intent drawings shall be prepared pursuant to Paragraph 45a of SFO No 89-047. 
  
 IV.    Working Drawings 
  
 Phase 1A 
 The Lessor shall prepare and deliver, at the Lessor’s own expense, final working
plans and complete construction drawings for both building standard and above standard tenant improvements for Phase “1A” within ninety (90) days of the receipt by the lessor of blocking diagrams from GSA. 
  
 Phase 1B 
 The Lessor shall prepare
and deliver, at the Lessor’s own expense, final working plans and complete construction drawings for both building standard and above standard tenant improvements for Phase “1B” within forty-five (45) days of the receipt by the lessor
of design intent drawings from GSA. 
  
 Successive Phases 
 The Lessor shall prepare and deliver, at the Lessor’s own expense, final working plans and complete construction drawings for both building standard and above standard tenant improvements within
sixty (60) days of the receipt by the lessor of each successive phase of design intent drawings from the General Services Administration (GSA). 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 35 of 79 

  
 Each time frame shall commence upon receipt by the lessor of the respective
design intent drawings from GSA. 
  
 The lessor shall also submit pricing data for each phase for any items included
in the proposed tenant improvements which are above the minimum requirements and performance specifications of this SFO within fifteen (15) days of the Government’s approval of working drawings pursuant to subparagraph 45(IV). In the event that
the anticipated cost of the items are in excess of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the lessor shall submit pricing data consistent with Paragraph 18c of The General Clauses (GSA Form 3517). 
  
 V.    Government Approval 
  
 For each and every phase the Government shall have fifteen (15) days after the receipt of complete working drawings and specifications to review the drawings and the
supporting documentation and to either: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Approve the working drawings and specifications and issue a notice to the lessor to proceed with all work pursuant to the aforementioned; or 

  

	 	2.
	 
	Provide the Lessor, within fifteen (15) days with written comments setting forth defects and omissions to the plans, working drawings and specifications with
the understanding that the referenced modifications reflect errors and omissions due to misinterpretation of design intent drawings or other Government input. 
 

  
 Within ten (10) days after receipt of the written comments, the Lessor shall submit the revised plans, working drawings and specifications incorporating the revisions
and/or corrections made by the Government to GSA for reconsideration pursuant to the provisions contained within this Paragraph 45, subparagraph “IV” section 2. 
  
 If the revised working drawings and specifications submitted by the lessor to GSA are acceptable, GSA shall approve the working drawings and specifications within ten (10)
days of receipt of the aforementioned from the lessor. 
  
 In the event that the lessor fails to submit the required
revisions to GSA within the ten (10) day period or if such revisions significantly deviate from the written comments provided by GSA, the rent commencement date shall be postponed one day for each and every day such failure continues. 

 
 Should the revisions, made by GSA include modifications to the working drawings and specifications for purposes other than
correction of errors, omissions or misinterpretation, the Government shall be responsible for any reasonable delay and the date for rent start shall not be affected. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 36 of 79 

  
 The Government shall not be liable for any costs due to changes or revisions in
the requirements of this project which would increase the scope of this contract as originally negotiated and agreed to unless such changes or revisions are authorized and approved by the Contracting Officer in writing. Any request for changes or
revisions received by the Contractor shall, therefore, be referred to the Contracting Officer for his approval. 
  
 VI.    Construction Schedule 
  
 Actual construction of the tenant
improvements to be made to the leased premises for Phase One shall commence no later than September 1, 1991. 
  
 Upon
the earlier of either: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Issuance of a written notice, by GSA, authorizing the lessor to proceed with building standard and above standard improvements presuming the base building is
completed to a stage where tenant improvements can commence, or 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	September 1, 1991 and issuance of a written notice, by GSA, authorizing the lessor to proceed with building standard and above standard improvements,

 

  
 the lessor shall complete each phase within the following time frame: 
  

	 	  
	 
	Phase 1A - one hundred and thirty (130) days 
 

  

	 	  
	 
	Phase 1B - forty-five (45) days 
 

  

	 	  
	 
	Successive Phases - sixty (60) days each. 
 

  
 To the extent the Government issues a notice to proceed for more than one phase simultaneously, the time frames for completion outlined above shall be consecutive. For example, if on September 01, 1990
the Government issues a notice to proceed for Phase 1B, Phase 2 and Phase 3, the lessor shall complete Phase 1B within forty-five (45) days. Following the forty-five (45) day period for Phase 1B, the lessor shall have sixty days to complete Phase 2
and sixty (60) days following the end of the sixty-day period for Phases 2 to complete Phase 3. 
  
 The lessor shall
not be obligated to commence tenant buildout unless the Government has approved the working drawings and issued written notice to the lessor to proceed with building standard and above standard work. 
  
 The Government reserves the right to access any space within the building for the purpose of installing equipment. GSA shall coordinate,
within reason, the activity of Government contractors in order to minimize conflicts with/disruption to other contractors on site. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 37 of 79 

  
 Access shall not be denied to authorized Government officials including, but not
limited to, Government contractors, subcontractors or consultants acting on the behalf of the General Services Administration with respect to this specific project. 
  
 If an extended completion schedule is proposed due to the complexity of any given phase or the availability of materials necessary to meet the requirements specified by the
Government, the Lessor shall provide to GSA a written request explaining the rationale for the extension and any additional documentation supporting the need for additional time to complete the tenant improvements. 
  
 The time frames specified earlier in this subparagraph for the completion of tenant improvements shall not be extended unless the
extension of the completion schedule is approved by the GSA, in writing. It will be the Government’s sole determination as to whether said extension shall delay rent commencement, or whether rent will commence as if the extension had not been
granted. 
  
 VII.    Acceptance of Space 
  
 The Government shall accept and occupy the space on a phase-by-phase basis. The Government shall pay pro-rata rent for space as soon as
the space is accepted as substantially complete by the Government. Following the acceptance by the Government of all phases, a Supplemental Lease Agreement will be issued to establish a composite lease commencement date and fix the twenty (20) year
term. 
  
 This composite lease commencement date will also become the anniversary date for the purpose of tax and
operating cost escalations. The composite lease commencement date shall be the weighted mean of the acceptance dates for the various phases. 
  
 The Lessor shall notify the Government in writing at least five (5) days before the space will be complete and ready for inspection. The Government shall then have until the ninth (9th) day following
said notification to inspect the space for acceptance. 
  
 The entire phase must be substantially complete in order
for the Government to accept the space, except for minor “punch list” items. The punch list items, identified by the Government, shall be completed by the lessor within thirty (30) days following acceptance of phase in question. The
Government reserves the right to occupy each phase upon acceptance. 
  
 The phrase “substantially complete”
shall mean the tenant improvements, the common and other areas of the building, and all other things necessary for the Government’s access to the Premises and occupancy, possession, use and enjoyment thereof, as provided in this lease, have
been completed or obtained, excepting only such minor matters as do not interfere with or materially diminish such access, occupancy, possession, use or enjoyment. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 38 of 79 

  
 VIII.    Slippage 

 
 The Government anticipates that each phase will be completed within the time period established. Failure to complete a phase
within the required time frame will constitute slippage. 
  
 The Lessor is required to report immediately, in
writing, to the Contracting Officer when slippage in the schedule is evident. A revised schedule shall be submitted for approval within five (5) working days of agreement between the Lessor and the Contracting Officer. 
  
 To the extent that the lessor is late in meeting any of the time obligations referenced herein, the commencement of rent shall be
proportionally postponed by the period of delay. 
  
 In the event the Government is late in meeting any of its time
obligations as reference herein, the commencement of rent shall occur as if the Government had met its obligations in a timely manner. 
  
 Furthermore, in the event the Government fails to award the lease prior to April 30, 1990; rent will commence, pursuant to subparagraph “VI” of this paragraph, as if lease award had occurred on June 1, 1990.

  
 * * * * * * * * 
  
 a.    Design Intent Drawings 
  
 The Government
prepares design intent drawings that include basic architectural wall layout and finishes, telephone and electrical outlet locations, furniture layouts and related information. 
  
 Any modifications and commensurate costs associated with any modifications to the Governments design intent drawings required due to errors and/ or omissions in the
lessor’s construction/working drawings, differing site conditions, failure to meet code requirements or field changes to meet performance requirements shall be the responsibility of the lessor. 
  
 b.    Base Building Drawings 
  
 Within five (5) working days of GSA’s Contracting Officer’s technical representative’s request, the Lessor is required to submit two (2) complete blueline
sets of the most current base building drawings (with written notice of percent of design completion) to serve as the basis for the Government’s design intent effort. 
  
 Each set of drawings shall include all professional disciplines (architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing). The lessor shall provide the following
drawings prior to start of construction of each phase: 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 39 of 79 

  

	 	1.
	 
	Construction/working drawings for each phase, consisting of 12 sets of blue lines and one set of reproducible sepias. Each set will include at a minimum: a
legend noting detail sheets, architectural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing, structural, and reflective ceiling plans. 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	In addition with each submission (phase), the lessor must submit one set of sepias for each discipline showing quantity takeoff deviations from the SFO/above
standard alterations under the lease along with summation sheets for quantity takeoffs identifying deviation amounts from the above standard alterations. Structural elevation sheets may be required to show alterations for increased floor loading.

 

  
 c.    Relation of Design Concept Drawings to Construction
Drawings 
  
 Design development after award will not only be in accordance with the specific solicitation
requirements, but also a direct extension of the submitted design concept. The further design development shall retain the functional and basic physical characteristics of that concept. 
  
 The Contracting Officer shall reserve the right to reject any aspect of subsequent design development which varies from the concept and which would adversely affect the
Government’s use and occupancy of the space in the building as set forth or implied in the body of this solicitation. 
  
 The Offeror may propose for the Contracting Officer’s acceptance, or the Contracting Officer may propose for the Offeror’s acceptance, evolutionary adaptations or changes to the concept. Neither party will unreasonably
withhold such acceptance of demonstrably beneficial design adaptations of the concept which would not measurably increase the cost of construction, operation or maintenance of the facility. 
  
 d.    Phases for Interior Design and Construction 
  
 The Government intends to complete Design Intent Drawings in increments of approximately sixty thousand (60,000) net usable square feet. Therefore, the Government
anticipates completion of the tenant buildout and complete occupancy in approximately eight (8) phases. 
  
 46  CEILINGS AND INTERIOR FINISHES 
  
 CEILINGS MUST BE AT LEAST 8’0” AND NO MORE THAN 11’0”
CLEAR FROM FLOOR TO THE LOWEST OBSTRUCTION. WITH THE EXCEPTION OF SERVICE AREAS, THEY MUST HAVE ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, A FLAMESPREAD OF 25 OR LESS, AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS (ASTM E-84).
PROTRUSIONS OF FIXTURES INTO TRAFFIC WAYS SHALL BE AVOIDED. 
  
 IN BUILDINGS PROTECTED THROUGHOUT BY A SPRINKLER SYSTEM MEETING THE
GOVERNMENT’S APPROVAL, CEILINGS AND INTERIOR FINISHES IN AREAS NOT PART OF THE NORMAL EXIT MAY HAVE FLAMESPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT LIMITS OF 200, IN LIEU OF 25 FOR THE FLAMESPREAD AND 50 FOR SMOKE DEVELOPMENT (ASTM E-84). 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 40 of 79 

  
 IN SPRINKLER PROTECTED EXITS OR ENCLOSED CORRIDORS LEADING TO EXITS, CEILING AND INTERIOR FINISHES MAY
BE COMPOSED OF MATERIALS HAVING A FLAMESPREAD RATING OF 75 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 100 OR LESS IN LIEU OF 25 FOR FLAMESPREAD AND 50 FOR SMOKE DEVELOPMENT (ASTM E-84). 
  
 CEILINGS MUST BE A FLAT PLANE IN EACH ROOM AND SUSPENDED WITH FLUORESCENT RECESSED FIXTURES AND FINISHED AS FOLLOWS UNLESS AN ALTERNATE FINISH IS APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER: 

 

	*
	 
	RESTROOMS:  PLASTER OR POINTED AND TAPED GYPSUM BOARD 
 

	

	*
	 
	OFFICES AND CONFERENCE ROOMS:  MINERAL AND ACOUSTICAL TILE OR LAY IN PANELS WITH TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACE AND CONCEALED or exposed GRID, REGULAR
EDGES OR EQUIVALENT QUALITY TO BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
 

	

	*
	 
	CORRIDORS:  PLASTER OR POINTED AND TAPED GYPSUM BOARD OR MINERAL ACOUSTICAL TILE. 
 

	

 47  WALL COVERINGS (As Amended 06/16/ 89) 
  
 PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS: 
 *************************** 
  
 ALL WALL FINISHES MUST HAVE A FLAMESPREAD OF 25 OR LESS, AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS. HOWEVER, WHEN THE BUILDING IS PROTECTED THROUGHOUT BY A
SPRINKLER SYSTEM MEETING THE GOVERNMENT’S APPROVAL, WALL FINISHES IN ALL AREAS, EXCEPT THOSE AREAS WHICH ARE PART OF THE NORMAL EXITS, MAY HAVE A FLAMESPREAD AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT LIMITS OF 200 (ASTM E-84) 
  
 Prior to occupancy, walls surrounding core areas and elevator lobbies shall be covered with vinyl wallcoverings, not less than 13 ounces per square yard, as
specified in FS CCC-W-408, or equivalent quality finish approved by the contracting officer. 
  
 SELECTED OFFICES AND CONFERENCE ROOMS ARE
TO BE COVERED WITH WOOD VENEER-BONDED WALLCOVERING as specified in Paragraph 103, Special Requirements. LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE FIVE SAMPLES TO BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY ALL RESTROOMS MUST HAVE CERAMIC TILE IN SPLASH AREAS AND VINYL WALL COVERING NOT LESS THAN 13 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD AS SPECIFIED IN FS CCC-W-408 ON REMAINING WALL AREAS OR
EQUIVALENT QUALITY AS APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, UNLESS AN ALTERNATE FINISH IS APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 KITCHEN
AREAS TO HAVE CERAMIC TILE FROM FLOOR TO 6 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED CEILING. 
  
 CERAMIC TILE TO BE GLAZED WALL TILE 2-INCH BY 2-INCH OR 4
1/4-INCH BY 4 1/4-INCH WITH PLAIN FACES. FURNISH TRIM UNITS TO MATCH. SETTING SHALL COMPLY WITH ANSI A118.1 FOR DRY-SET PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 41 of 79 

  
 PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY, ALL ELEVATOR AREAS WHICH ACCESS THE GOVERNMENT’S LEASED SPACE, HALLWAYS WITHIN
OR WHICH ACCESS THE GOVERNMENT’S LEASED SPACE, AND EATING/GALLEY AREAS WITHIN THE GOVERNMENT’S LEASED SPACE ARE TO BE COVERED WITH VINYL WALLCOVERINGS NOT LESS THAN 22 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD AS SPECIFIED IN FS CCC-W-408, OR EQUIVALENT
QUALITY AS APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER, UNLESS AN ALTERNATIVE IS APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 REPLACEMENT: 

*************** 
  
 ALL WALLCOVERING IS TO BE MAINTAINED IN “LIKE NEW”
CONDITION FOR THE LIFE OF THE LEASE. WALLCOVERING MUST BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED AT THE LESSOR’S EXPENSE, INCLUDING MOVING AND REPLACING FURNISHINGS, (EXCEPT WHERE WALLCOVERING HAS BEEN DAMAGED DUE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT), ANYTIME
DURING THE OCCUPANCY BY THE GOVERNMENT IF IT IS TORN, PEELING OR PERMANENTLY STAINED; THE CERAMIC TILE IN THE RESTROOMS MUST BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED IF IT IS LOOSE, CHIPPED, BROKEN OR PERMANENTLY DISCOLORED. ALL REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT WORK IS TO BE
DONE AFTER WORKING HOURS. 
  
 SAMPLES: 
 ********** 

 
 THE LESSOR IS TO PROVIDE AT LEAST FIVE SAMPLES OF EACH TYPE OF WALL COVERING TO BE INSTALLED FOR SELECTION BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 

 
 48  PAINTING 
  
 PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY ALL SURFACES DESIGNATED BY GSA FOR PAINTING MUST BE NEWLY PAINTED IN COLORS ACCEPTABLE TO GSA. ALL PAINTED SURFACES, INCLUDING ANY PARTITIONING INSTALLED BY THE GOVERNMENT OR THE LESSOR AFTER GOVERNMENT
OCCUPANCY, MUST BE REPAINTED AFTER WORKING HOURS AT LESSOR EXPENSE AT LEAST EVERY 5 YEARS. THIS INCLUDES MOVING AND RETURN OF FURNITURE INCLUDING SYSTEMS FURNITURE. PUBLIC AREAS MUST BE PAINTED AT LEAST EVERY 3 YEARS. 
  
 49  DOORS 
  
 EXTERIOR DOORS: 
 ****************** 
  
 EXTERIOR
PUBLIC ENTRANCE DOORS SHALL BE ALUMINUM MEDIUM STILE WITH TEMPERED GLASS, IN ALUMINUM FRAME SIMILAR TO WINDOWS. FINISH TO BE ANODIZED TO MATCH WINDOWS. PROVIDE VESTIBULES WITH DOORS IN SERIES. 
  

EXTERIOR SERVICE DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL BE STEEL, COMPLYING WITH “RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS: STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES” (SDI-100). DOORS SHALL BE GRADE III, EXTRA HEAVY
DUTY, MODEL 2, WITH MINIMUM 16-GAUGE FACES. EXPOSED FACES OF DOORS SHALL BE FABRICATED FROM COLD-ROLLED STEEL, GALVANIZED. DOOR AND FRAME ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE THERMALLY INSULATED WITH U-FACTOR OF 0.25 BTUH OR BETTER, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ASTM C 236. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 42 of 79 

  
 WHERE FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES ARE REQUIRED, PROVIDE FIRE- RATED FRAM ASSEMBLIES THAT COMPLY WITH NFPA
80 AND HAVE BEEN TESTED, LISTED, AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 152 BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED INDEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 
  

EXTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE WEATHERTIGHT, EQUIPPED WITH AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSURES AND OPEN OUTWARD. 
  
 EXTERIOR LOADING DOCK DOORS: 
 ********************************** 
  
 PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF TWO OVERHEAD COILING DOORS. DOORS SHALL BE ELECTRICALLY OPERATED
WITH OVERHEAD COILING DOOR CURTAINS OF INTERLOCKING STEEL SLATS COMPOSED OF AN OUTER 22-GAUGE FACE SLAT WITH AN INNER 24-GAUGE BACK COVER, WITH FORMED-IN-LACE POLYURETHANE INSULATION BETWEEN. SLATS SHALL BE ASTM A 446, GRADE A STEEL WITH 90 ZINC
COATING ASTM A 25, PHOSPHATE-TREATED AND PRIMED. DOORS SHALL HAVE CURTAIN JAMB GUIDES FABRICATED OF MINIMUM 3/16-INCH THICK STEEL SECTIONS (ANGLES & CHANNELS), WITH ENDLOCKS, WINDLOCKS, WEATHER SEALS, AND A BOTTOM BAR CONSISTING OF TWO 1/2-INCH
BY 11⁄2 BY 1/8-INCH GALVANIZED STEEL ANGLES. 
  
 50  DOORS:  INTERIOR (As
Amended 11/28/89) 
  
 INTERIOR DOORS SHALL BE HOLLOW METAL OR SOLID-CORE WOOD DOORS. PROVIDE STEEL DOORS WHICH COMPLY WITH STEEL DOOR
INSTITUTE “RECOMMENDED SPECIFICATIONS: STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: (SDI-100). STEEL DOORS SHALL BE GRADE II, HEAVY DUTY, MODEL 1, MINIMUM 18-GAUGE FACES. 
  
 Provide solid-core flush wood doors with wood veneer faces which comply with the National Wood Window and Door Association (NWWDA) Quality Standard: I.S. 1 “Industry Standard for Wood Flush
Doors”. Wood doors shall also comply with the AWI quality standard: “Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards”. All frames shall be steel. Wood doors shall be furnished with birch plain sliced face panels. 
  
 WHERE FIRE-RATED DOOR ASSEMBLIES ARE REQUIRED, PROVIDE FIRE-RATED FRAME ASSEMBLIES THAT COMPLY WITH NFPA 80 AND HAVE BEEN TESTED, LISTED, AND LABELED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 152 BY A NATIONALLY RECOGNIZED IN DEPENDENT TESTING AND INSPECTION AGENCY ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 
  
 Construction shall be SLC-5 of SLC-7 (Glued Block Core, 5 or 7 ply) or glued particle/chip board core. Wood doors shall be stained and varnished. An open grain finish with satin-medium rubbed effects shall be provided. Submit door
manufacturer’s warranty to repair or replace defective doors for the life of the installation. 
  
 Doors must have a minimum opening of
36 inches by 80 inches. They shall be operable by a single effort and must be in accordance with national building code requirements. Doors shall be provided at a ratio of one per 300 square feet of space provided. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 43 of 79 

  
 51  DOORS: MANEUVERING CLEARANCES 

 
 THE WALK LANDING OR FLOOR AREA FOR DOORS THAT OPEN ONTO WALKWAYS, RAMPS, CORRIDORS, AND OTHER PEDESTRIAN PATHS OF TRAVEL, SHALL BE CLEAR AND LEVEL,
WITH A SLOPE NO GREATER THAN 1:50 AND EXTEND A MINIMUM OF 5 FEET FROM THE SWING SIDE OF THE DOOR, 4 FEET FROM THE OPPOSITE SIDE AND A MINIMUM OF 11⁄2 FEET PAST THE LATCH SIDE (PULL SIDE) AND A MINIMUM OF 1 FOOT PAST THE LATCH SIDE (PUSH SIDE) OF
THE DOOR. 
  
 52  DOORS: HARDWARE (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 ALL DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE FIRST-GRADE QUALITY. TYPES OF FINISH HARDWARE REQUIRED INCLUDE: HINGES, LOCK CYLINDERS AND KEYS, LOCK AND LATCH SETS, BOLTS, EXIT
DEVICES, PUSH-PULL UNITS, CLOSERS, OVERHEAD HOLDERS, DOOR CONTROL DEVICES, DOOR TRIM UNITS, PROTECTION PLATES, WEATHER-STRIPPING FOR EXTERIOR DOORS, SOUND STRIPPING FOR INTERIOR DOORS, AUTOMATIC DROP SEALS, ASTRAGALS, THRESHOLDS, AND SECURITY
PRODUCTS. OBTAIN EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE HARDWARE FOR FIRE-RATED OPENINGS IN COMPLIANCE WITH NFPA STANDARD NO. 80 AND LOCAL BUILDING CODE REQUIREMENTS. PROVIDE ONLY HARDWARE WHICH HAS BEEN TESTED AND LISTED BY UL OR
FM FOR TYPES AND SIZES OF DOORS AND DOORFRAME LABELS. 
  
 PROVIDE HARDWARE UNITS OF NO LESS QUALITY THAN SPECIFIED BY APPLICABLE ANSI A156
SERIES FOR EACH TYPE OF HARDWARE ITEM AND WITH ANSWI A156.18 FOR FINISH DESIGNATIONS. PROVIDE HARDWARE MANUFACTURED TO CONFORM TO PUBLISHED TEMPLATES, GENERALLY PREPARED FOR MACHINE SCREW INSTALLATION. PROVIDE CONCEALED FASTENERS EXCEPT TO EXTENT NO
STANDARD UNITS ARE AVAILABLE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. 
  
 ALL PUBLIC USE DOORS MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH PUSH PLATES OR MUST BE FLUSH UP TO A
MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 9 INCHES MEASURED FROM THE FLOOR, PULL BARS OR HANDLES, AND AUTOMATIC DOOR CLOSERS. DOOR CLOSERS MUST BE CONCEALED. 
  
 HINGES SHALL BE STEEL, BALL-BEARING, SWAGED, FULL MORTISE, FIVE KNUCKLE TYPE WITH NONRISING PINS. HINGES FOR EXTERIOR DOORS AND FOR OUTSWING CORRIDOR DOORS SHALL BE FURNISHED WITH NONREMOVABLE PINS. 
  
 All doors within the tenant space shall be equipped with a key operated lockset. The locksets shall be a high security commercial lock with interchangeable cores
such as a best lock or equivalent. 
  
 All interior hallway doors which are equipped with lock hardware shall not be keyed or have cores
installed. The Government shall install all cores to conform to the master-keying scheme developed by the Headquarters Security Office. All locks shall comply with the requirements of NFPA 101, section 5-2. 
  
 JANITOR CLOSETS, ELECTRICAL CLOSETS, TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCH ROOMS, WIRE CLOSETS, AND RELATED SPACES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH AUTOMATIC DEADLOCKING LATCH BOLTS
WITH A MINIMUM THROW OF 1/2 INCH. 
  
 Seldom used doors to areas posing danger to the blind must have knurled or acceptable plastic abrasive
handles. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 44 of 79 

  
 53 DOORS: IDENTIFICATION (As Amended 12/18/89) 

 
 The Government shall contract for, install and maintain signage both within the leased premises, and within appurtenant areas which are under the
exclusive control of the Government. 
  
 54 WALLS AND PARTITIONS: GENERAL 
  
 WALLS, PARTITIONS AND DIVIDERS MUST BE PROVIDED AS OUTLINED BELOW. 
  
 PARTITIONS SHALL BE TAPED AND PAINTED, OR PREPARED FOR WALLCOVERING. 
  
 FIRE-RESISTANT-RATED PARTITIONS AND FIRE
SEPARATIONS SHALL BE AS REQUIRED BY NFPA 101 AND LOCAL CODES. TWO-HOUR PARTITIONS SHALL BE UL DESIGN NUMBERS U411 AND U438 FOR SHAFTS, AND 1-HOUR PARTITIONS SHALL BE U448 AND U456 WHERE ONE FACE IS NOT EXPOSED. 
  
 IN AREAS SUCH AS TOILETS, KITCHENS, JANITOR’S CLOSETS, ETC., THAT ARE TO RECEIVE CERAMIC TILE FINISHES, THE OUTER LAYER OF DRYWALL SHALL CONSIST OF TILE
BACKERBOARD CONFORMING TO ASTM C 630. 
  
 PARTITIONING REQUIREMENTS MAY BE MET WITH EXISTING PARTITIONS IF THEY MEET THE GOVERNMENT’S
STANDARDS AND LAYOUT REQUIREMENTS. 
  
 SERVICE AREA WALLS: 
 ********************** 
  
 WHEREVER SERVICE
AREA WALL CONSTRUCTION IS STIPULATED, WALLS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED OF 8-INCH MINIMUM CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS. UNITS MUST MEET ASTM C 129 FOR HOLLOW NONLOAD-BEARING MASONRY UNITS AND ASTM C 90 FOR HOLLOW LOAD-BEARING CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS.

  
 SERVICE AREA WALL CONSTRUCTION WILL BE REQUIRED IN ALL STORAGE/SUPPLY AREAS, LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AREAS (WITH THE EXCEPTION OF DUPLICATION
ROOMS), AND IN ALL BUILDING SUPPORT SERVICE SPACES SUCH AS BUILDING MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, AND TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT ROOMS. 
  
 INTERIOR PARTITIONS – GENERAL: 
 ********************************** 

 
 INTERIOR PARTITIONS IN GENERAL WILL BE GALVANIZED STEEL STUDS AND GYPSUM BOARD AS OUTLINED BELOW. 
  
 55 PARTITIONS: PERMANENT 
  
 PERMANENT PARTITIONS MUST BE PROVIDED AS NECESSARY TO SURROUND STAIRS, public CORRIDORS, ELEVATOR SHAFTS, TOILET ROOMS AND JANITOR CLOSETS. THEY SHALL HAVE A FLAMESPREAD RATING OF 25 OF LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPED RATING OF 50 OR LESS
(ASTM E-84). 
  
 STAIRS, ELEVATORS AND OTHER FLOOR OPENINGS SHALL BE ENCLOSED BY PARTITIONS AND HAVE THE FIRE RESISTANCE REQUIRED BY NFPA
NO. 101. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 45 of 79 

  
 56 PARTITIONS: SUBDIVIDING 
  
 OFFICE SUBDIVIDING PARTITIONS SHALL COMPLY WITH BOCA AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS. THEY MUST BE PROVIDED AT A RATIO OF ONE LINEAR FOOT FOR EACH FIFTEEN (15) SQUARE
FEET OF SPACE PROVIDED. PARTITIONING OVER INTERIOR OFFICE DOORS IS INCLUDED IN THE MEASUREMENT. THEY MUST EXTEND FROM THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE FINISHED CEILING AND HAVE A FLAMESPREAD RATING OF 25 OR LESS AND A SMOKE DEVELOPMENT RATING OF 50 OR LESS
(ASTM E-84-TEST). 
  
 PARTITIONS WILL BE TAPED AND PAINTED. 
  
 HVAC MUST BE REBALANCED AND LIGHTING REPOSITIONED, AS APPROPRIATE, AFTER INSTALLATION OF PARTITIONS. 
  
 57 FLOOR COVERING AND PERIMETERS (As Amended 06/16/89) 
  
 Exposed concrete floor slabs, including those under access floors, shall receive a liquid sealer/hardener finish confirming to ASTM C 309-74. Finish shall be of the penetrating type, filling voids in the concrete surface.

  
 FLOOR COVERING WILL BE CARPET TILES, EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED IN THIS SOLICITATION. FLOOR PERIMETERS AT PARTITIONS MUST HAVE WOOD,
RUBBER, VINYL, OR CARPET BASE. ANY EXCEPTIONS MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 OFFICE AREAS: 
 *************** 
  
 PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY CARPET TILES MUST COVER ALL OFFICE AREAS PARTITIONED OR UNPARTITIONED, INCLUDING INTERIOR HALLWAYS AND CONFERENCE ROOMS. THE USE OF EXISTING CARPET MAY BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER; HOWEVER,
EXISTING CARPET MUST BE SHAMPOOED BEFORE OCCUPANCY AND MUST MEET THE STATIC BUILDUP AND FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW CARPET WHICH FOLLOW IN THIS SOLICITATION. 
  
 SPECIALTY AREAS: 
 *******************

  
 RESILIENT FLOORING IS TO BE USED IN REPRODUCTION ROOMS, STORAGE, FILE AND OTHER SPECIALTY ROOMS SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE IN THIS
SOLICITATION. 
  
 TOILET AND SERVICE AREAS: 
 ***************************** 
  
 UNGLAZED
CERAMIC TILE AND/OR QUARRY TILE SHALL BE USED IN ALL TOILET AND SERVICE AREAS UNLESS ANOTHER COVERING IS APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 CARPET: PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS: 
 ************************************ 

 
 ANY CARPET TO BE NEWLY IN STALLED MUST MEETING THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS: 
  

	*
	 
	PILE YARN CONTENT: 100-PERCENT ZEFTRON 500 ZX NYLON (SOLUTION-DYED). 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 46 of 79 

	*
	 
	CARPET PILE CONSTRUCTION: CUT PILE. 
 

  

	*
	 
	PILE WEIGHT AND HEIGHT: 38 ONCE FACE WEIGHT, 1/10 GAUGE, 0.250-INCH PILE HEIGHT, AND 12.5 STITCHES PER INCH. 
 

  

	*
	 
	BACKING: PRIMARY BACKING SHALL BE WOVEN SYNTHETIC; SECONDARY BACKING SHALL BE PVC OR URETHANE. 
 

  

	*
	 
	TOTAL WEIGHT: 115 OUNCES PER SQUARE YARD MINIMUM. 
 

  

	*
	 
	TILE SIZE: 18 BY 18 INCHES OR 24 BY 24 INCHES. 
 

  

	*
	 
	ADHESIVE: RELEASABLE-TYPE ADHESIVE WHICH COMPLIES WITH FLAMMABILITY REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLED CARPET TILE. 
 

  

	*
	 
	FLAMMABILITY AND SMOKE DEVELOPMENT: 
 

  
 FOR UNSPRINKLERED CORRIDORS AND OFFICES: 
  
 FLAMMABILITY: A CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX (CRF) OF 0.22
WATTS 
  
 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT: NOT OVER 450 (SPECIFIC OPTICAL DENSITY) 
  
 FOR SPRINKLERED CORRIDORS AND OFFICES: 
  
 FLAMMABILITY: CPSC FF 1-70 (PILL TEST) 
  
 SMOKE DEVELOPMENT: NO REQUIREMENT 
  

	*
	 
	STATIC BUILDUP: MAXIMUM STATIC RESISTANCE OF 1.5 KV WHEN TESTED AT 20-PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND 70 DEGREES F IN ACCORDANCE WITH AATCC 134. 

  

	*
	 
	ACCESSORIES: PROVIDE EXTRUDED OR MOLDED HEAVY DUTY VINYL OR RUBBER CARPET EDGE GUARD WHERE APPLICABLE. 
 

  
 CARPET TILE: SAMPLES: 
 ************************** 
  
 WHEN CARPET TILE MUST BE NEWLY INSTALLED OR CHANGED, THE OFFEROR SHALL PROVIDE THE GOVERNMENT
WITH A MINIMUM OF THREE COLOR SAMPLES. THE SAMPLE AND COLOR MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY GSA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NO SUBSTITUTES MAY BE MADE BY THE OFFEROR AFTER SAMPLE SELECTION. 
  
 CARPET TILE: INSTALLATION: 
 ********************************* 
  
 CARPET TILE MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS TO LAY
SMOOTHLY AND EVENLY. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 47 of 79 

  
 CARPET TILE: REPLACEMENT: 
 ***************************** 
  
 CARPET SHALL
BE REPLACED AT LEAST EVERY 10 YEARS DURING GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY OR ANY TIME DURING THE LEASE WHEN: 
  

	*
	 
	BACKING OR UNDERLAYMENT IS EXPOSED. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THERE ARE NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN SURFACE COLOR OR TEXTURE. 
 

  
 REPLACEMENT INCLUDES MOVING AND RETURN OF FURNITURE. ALL REPLACEMENT WILL BE DONE AFTER WORKING HOURS. 
  
 RESILIENT FLOORING: PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS: 
 ************************************************ 
  
 RESILIENT FLOORING SHALL BE ASBESTOS-FREE VINYL COMPOSITION TILES, FS
SS-T-312, TYPE IV, COMPOSITION 1. GAUGE SHALL BE EITHER 1/8 INCH OR 3/32 INCH AND SIZE SHALL BE 12-INCHES BY 12 INCHES. ADHESIVE SHALL BE WATERPROOF, STABILIZED TYPE. FLOOR SLAB PRIMER SHALL BE NON-STAINING TYPE. LEVELING AND PATCHING COMPOUNDS
SHALL BE LATEX TYPES. PROVIDE MATCHING RESILIENT EDGE STRIPS WHERE APPLICABLE. MANUFACTURER’S SPECIFICATIONS FOR INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE WILL APPLY. 
  
 RESILIENT FLOORING SAMPLES: 
 ******************************* 
  
 THE OFFEROR SHALL PROVIDE THE GOVERNMENT A MINIMUM OF TEN COLOR SAMPLES. THE SAMPLE AND
COLOR MUST BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY GSA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NO SUBSTITUTES MAY BE MADE BY THE OFFEROR AFTER SAMPLE SELECTION. 
  
 RESILIENT FLOORING: REPLACEMENT: 
 ************************************* 

 
 THE FLOORING SHALL BE REPLACED BY THE LESSOR AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT PRIOR TO OR DURING GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY WHEN IT HAS: 

 

	*
	 
	BROKEN, CURLED, UPTURNED EDGES, CHIPPED, OR OTHER NOTICEABLE VARIATIONS IN TEXTURE. ALL REPLACEMENT WILL BE DONE AFTER WORKING HOURS. 

  
 CERAMIC TILE, QUARRY TILE, AND PAVERS: PHYSICAL REQUIREMENTS: 
 ********************************************************************* 
  
 PROVIDE MATERIALS OBTAINED FROM ONE SOURCE FOR EACH TYPE AND COLOR OF TILE, GROUT, AND SETTING MATERIALS. COMPLY WITH ANSI A137-1 FOR TYPES AND GRADES OF TILE INDICATED. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 48 of 79 

  
 UNGLAZED CERAMIC MOSAIC TILE SHALL BE PORCELAIN, WITHOUT ABRASIVE CONTENT. SIZE SHALL BE 2 INCHES BY 2
INCHES WITH THICKNESS OF 1⁄4 INCH. FACE SHALL BE PLAIN WITH ALL-PURPOSE EDGES. FURNISH CERAMIC MOSAIC TRIM IN SIZE, COLOR, AND SHADE TO MATCH CERAMIC MOSAIC-FIRED TILE. PROVIDE SETTING MATERIALS TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.1 FOR PORTLAND CEMENT
MORTAR INSTALLATIONS. PROVIDE SAND-PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A118.6. 
  
 UNGLAZED QUARRY TILE SHALL BE PLAIN FACE,
SQUARE-EDGED, FLAT TILE WITH NONABRASIVE SURFACE. SIZE SHALL BE 6 INCHES BY 6 INCHES WITH THICKNESS OF 1⁄2 INCH. FURNISH QUARRY TILE TRIM OF SIZE, COLOR, AND SHADE TO MATCH FLOOR TILE. PROVIDE SETTING MATERIALS TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.1 FOR
PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR INSTALLATIONS. PROVIDE SAND-PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A118.6. 
  
 UNGLAZED PAVER TILE SHALL BE
PORCELAIN, FLAT TILE, WITH PLAIN FACE AND CUSHION EDGES. SIZE SHALL BE 12 INCHES BY 12 INCHES WITH THICKNESS OF 1⁄2 INCH. FURNISH TILE TRIM UNITS TO MATCH PAVER TILE. PROVIDE SETTING MATERIALS TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A108.1 FOR PORTLAND CEMENT MORTAR
INSTALLATION. PROVIDE SAND-PORTLAND CEMENT GROUT TO COMPLY WITH ANSI A118.6. 
  
 PROVIDE MARBLE THRESHOLDS COMPLYING WITH ASTM C 503.

  
 TILE SAMPLES: 
 *************** 
  
 THE OFFEROR SHALL PROVIDE THE GOVERNMENT A MINIMUM OF TEN COLOR SAMPLES.
THE SAMPLE AND COLOR MUST BE APPROVED BY GSA PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. NO SUBSTITUTES MAY BE MADE BY THE OFFEROR AFTER SAMPLE SELECTION. 
  
 CERAMIC TIME, QUARRY TILE, AND PAVER REPLACEMENT: 
 ********************************************************* 
  
 ALL TILE IS TO BE MAINTAINED IN “LIKE NEW” CONDITION
FOR THE LIFE OF THE LEASE AND MUST BE REPLACED OR REPAIRED AT THE LESSOR’S EXPENSE, INCLUDING MOVING AND REPLACING FURNISHINGS, (EXCEPT WHERE TILE HAS BEEN DAMAGED DUE TO THE NEGLIGENCE OF THE GOVERNMENT), ANYTIME DURING THE OCCUPANCY BY THE
GOVERNMENT IF IT IS LOOSE, CHIPPED, BROKEN, OR PERMANENTLY DISCOLORED. ALL REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT WORK IS TO BE DONE AFTER WORKING HOURS. 
  
 58  ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS 
  
 REVERBERATION CONTROL: 
 *************************** 
  
 CEILINGS IN CARPETED SPACE SHALL HAVE A NOISE-REDUCTION COEFFICIENT (NRC) OF NOT LESS THAN 0.55 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C 423. CEILINGS IN OFFICES, CONFERENCE ROOMS, AND CORRIDORS HAVING RESILIENT
FLOORING SHALL HAVE AN NRC OF NOT LESS THAN 0.65. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 49 of 79 

  
 AMBIENT NOISE CONTROL: 
 ************************** 
  
 AMBIENT NOISE
FROM MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED NOISE CRITERIAL CURVE (NC) 35 IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE ASHRAE HANDBOOK IN OFFICES AND CONFERENCE ROOMS; 
  
 NC 40 IN CORRIDORS, CAFETERIAS, LOBBIES, AND TOILETS; NC 50 IN OTHER SPACES. 
  
 NOISE ISOLATION: 
 ****************** 
  
 ROOMS SEPARATED FROM ADJACENT SPACES BY CEILING-HIGH PARTITIONS (NOT INCLUDING DOORS) SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN THE FOLLOWING NOISE ISOLATION CLASS (NIC) STANDARDS WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E
336: 
  
 
	  	 	 CONFERENCE ROOMS:
 	    	 NIC-40
 
	  	 	 OFFICES:
 	    	 NIC-35
 

 
  
 CERTIFICATION: 
 **************** 
  
 THE CONTRACTED OFFICER
MAY REQUIRE AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT, A CERTIFICATION ATTESTING THAT ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET. CERTIFICATION MUST BE ACCOMPANIED BY TEST REPORTS BY A QUALIFIED ACOUSTICAL CONSULTANT VERIFYING REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTROL OR AMBIENT
NOISE AND NOISE ISOLATION. 
  
 THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS PARAGRAPH SHALL TAKE AS A MINIMUM ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS IN THE SPECIAL
REQUIREMENTS WHICH SHALL GOVERN ONLY WHERE APPLICABLE. 
  
 59 WINDOW COVERING 

 
 WINDOW BLINDS: 
 ***************** 
  
 ALL EXTERIOR WINDOWS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH WINDOW BLINDS. THE BLINDS MAY BE ALUMINUM OR
PLASTIC VERTICAL BLINDS OR HORIZONTAL BLINDS WITH ALUMINUM SLATS OF 1-INCH WIDTH OR LESS FOR HORIZONTAL BLINDS AND 3 INCHES FOR VERTICAL BLINDS. THE USE OF ANY OTHER MATERIAL MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THE WINDOW BLINDS MUST HAVE
NONCORRODING MECHANISMS AND SYNTHETIC TAPES. COLOR SELECTION; WILL BE MADE BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER IN WRITING. 
  
 DRAPERIES: 
 ************* 
  
 DRAPERIES WILL PROVIDED IN THE FOLLOWING AREAS: ADMINISTRATOR’S SUITE OF OFFICES, HEADS OF PROGRAM AND STAFF OFFICES AND DEPUTIES, THE INFORMATION CENTER, AND THE MAIN LIBRARY. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 50 of 79 

  
 DRAPERY FABRIC MUST BE FLAME-RETARDANT. FABRICS SHALL BE LINED WITH EITHER WHITE OR OFF-WHITE PLAIN
LINING FABRIC SUITED TO THE DRAPERY FABRIC WEIGHT. DRAPERY FABRIC SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA NO. 701. DRAPERIES SHALL BE EITHER FLOOR-, APRON-, OR SILL-LENGTH, AS SPECIFIED BY THE GOVERNMENT, AND SHALL BE WIDE ENOUGH TO COVER WINDOW AND TRIM. DRAPERIES
SHALL BE HUNG WITH DRAPERY HOOKS ON WELL-ANCHORED HEAVY-DUTY TRAVERSE RODS. TRAVERSE RODS SHALL DRAW FROM EITHER THE CENTER, RIGHT, OR LEFT SIDE. 
  
 CONSTRUCTION: 
 ****************

  
 DRAPERIES MUST BE MADE AS FOLLOWS: 
  

	*
	 
	ONE-HUNDRED-PERCENT FULLNESS, INCLUDING OVERLAP, 1-1/2 INCH SIDE HEMS AND NECESSARY RETURNS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	FOUR-INCH DOUBLE HEADINGS TURNED OVER A 4-INCH PERMANENTLY FINISHED STIFFENER. 
 

  

	*
	 
	FOUR-INCH DOUBTED AND BLIND-STITCHED BOTTOM HEMS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	THREEFOLD PINCH PLEATS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	SAFETY STITCHED INTERMEDIATE SEAMS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	MATCHED PATTERNS 
 

  

	*
	 
	TACKED CORNERS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	NO RAW EDGES OR EXPOSED SEAMS. 
 

  
 USE OF EXISTING DRAPERIES MUST BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 SAMPLES:

 ********* 
  
 A MINIMUM OF
SIX PATTERNS AND COLORS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT FOR SELECTION; SHADING OF SAMPLE FABRIC SHALL NOT VARY MARKEDLY FROM THAT OF THE FINAL PRODUCT. 
  
 60  BUILDING DIRECTORY (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 A directory for the exclusive use of the Government shall be provided pursuant to the specifications included in Paragraph 103; SR 7.1. 
  
 61  FLAGPOLE 
  
 A FLAGPOLE SHALL BE
PROVIDED AT A LOCATION TO BE APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THE FLAG WILL BE PROVIDED BY THE GOVERNMENT. THIS REQUIREMENT MAY BE WAIVED IF DETERMINED INAPPROPRIATE BY GSA. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 51 of 79 

  
 SECTION: 6 
 MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING 
  
 62  GENERAL (As Amended 06/16/89) 
  
 THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE AND OPERATE ALL
BUILDING EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE TECHNICAL PUBLICATIONS, MANUALS, AND STANDARD PROCEDURES. MAINS, LINES, AND METERS FOR UTILITIES SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR. EXPOSED DUCTS, PIPING, AND CONDUITS ARE NOT PERMITTED IN
OFFICE SPACE, PUBLIC CIRCULATION AREAS, AND OTHER GOVERNMENT-OCCUPIED AREAS EXCEPT AS SPECIFICALLY STATED. 
  
 Plumbing shall be provided in
accordance with local code requirements. 
  
 63  DRINKING FOUNTAINS 

 
 THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE DRINKING FOUNTAINS PER LOCAL CODE REQUIREMENTS BUT NOT LESS THAN ONE DRINKING FOUNTAIN ON EACH FLOOR OF OFFICE SPACE. UNIT
SHALL BE LOCATED SO NO PERSON WILL HAVE TO TRAVEL MORE THAN 150 FEET TO REACH IT. THE WATER SHALL BE CHILLED. ALL WATER FOUNTAINS SHALL BE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY THE PHYSICALLY DISABLED. THEY SHALL HAVE AN UPFRONT SPOUT AND CONTROL WHICH IS
LOCATED NO HIGHER THAN 36 INCHES ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. CONTROLS SHALL BE HAND OR HAND- AND FOOT-OPERATED. CONVENTIONAL, FLOOR-MOUNTED WATER FOUNTAINS CAN BE SERVICEABLE TO INDIVIDUALS IN WHEELCHAIRS IF A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 30 INCHES BY 48
INCHES IS PROVIDED ADJACENT TO THE FOUNTAIN. A WALL-MOUNTED, HAND-OPERATED COOLER MAY SERVE THE ABLE-BODIED AND PHYSICALLY DISABLED EQUALLY WELL WHEN THE BUBBLER IS MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 36 INCHES AND THERE IS CLEAR KNEE SPACE BETWEEN THE BOTTOM OF
THE APRON OF THE COOLER AND THE FLOOR AT LEAST 27 INCHES HIGH, 30 INCHES WIDE, AND 17 TO 19 INCHES DEEP. A FULLY RECESSED WATER FOUNTAIN IS NOT RECOMMENDED. THE WATER FOUNTAIN SHOULD NOT BE SET INTO AN ALCOVE UNLESS THE ALCOVE IS WIDER THAN 30
INCHES AND NOT MORE THAN 2 FEET DEEP. THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE WRITTEN CERTIFICATION THAT DRINKING FOUNTAIN WATER MEETS THE MINIMUM ACCEPTABLE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY OR OTHER MORE STRINGENT LIMITS OR LEAD OR ANY OTHER CONTAMINATION
PROHIBITED OR LIMITED BY REGULATIONS. THE LESSOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TO PROVIDE A RECERTIFICATION ON AN ANNUAL BASIS TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER THAT THE DRINKING WATER IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH APPLICABLE STANDARDS. 
  
 64  RESTROOMS 
  
 SEPARATE TOILET FACILITIES FOR MEN AND WOMEN SHALL BE PROVIDED ON EACH FLOOR IN THE BUILDING. THE FACILITIES MUST E LOCATED SO THAT EMPLOYEES WILL NOT BE REQUIRED TO TRAVEL MORE THAN 150 FEET ON ONE FLOOR TO REACH THE TOILETS. EACH
TOILET ROOM SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT WATER CLOSETS ENCLOSED WITH MODERN; STALL PARTITIONS AND DOORS, URINALS (IN MEN’S ROOM), AND HOT (SET AT 105 DEGREES) AND COLD WATER. WATER CLOSETS AND URINALS SHALL NOT BE VISIBLE WHEN THE EXTERIOR DOOR IS
OPEN. EACH SEPARATE TOILET FACILITY FOR WOMEN SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH A 64 SQUARE FOOT (MINIMUM) LOUNGE. EACH MAIN TOILET ROOM SHALL CONTAIN: 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 52 of 79 

  
 EQUIPMENT: 
 ************ 
  

	*
	 
	A MIRROR ABOVE EACH LAVATORY. 
 

  

	*
	 
	A TOILET PAPER DISPENSER IN EACH WATER CLOSET STALL, THAT WILL HOLD AT LEAST TWO ROLLS AND ALLOW EASY UNRESTRICTED DISPENSING. 
 

 

	*
	 
	A COAT HOOK ON INSIDE FACE OF DOOR TO EACH WATER CLOSET STALL AND ON SEVERAL WALL LOCATIONS BY LAVATORIES. 
 

  

	*
	 
	AT LEAST ONE MODERN PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER, SOAP DISPENSER, AND WASTE RECEPTACLE FOR EVERY TWO LAVATORIES. 
 

  

	*
	 
	A COIN-OPERATED SANITARY NAPKIN DISPENSER IN WOMEN’S TOILET ROOMS WITH WASTE RECEPTACLE FOR EVERY TWO LAVATORIES. 
 

 

	*
	 
	CERAMIC TILE OR COMPARABLE WAINSCOT FROM THE FLOOR TO A MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 4 FEET 6 INCHES. 
 

  

	*
	 
	A DISPOSABLE TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER. 
 

  

	*
	 
	A COUNTER AREA OF AT LEAST 2 FEET IN LENGTH, EXCLUSIVE OF THE LAVATORIES. (HOWEVER, IT MAY BE ATTACHED TO THE LAVATORIES) WITH A MIRROR ABOVE AND A GROUND-FAULT
INTERRUPT-TYPE CONVENIENCE OUTLET LOCATED ADJACENT TO THE COUNTER AREA. 
 

  
 TOILET PARTITIONS TO BE OVERHEAD BRACED TYPE,
BAKED-ENAMEL FINISH ON GALVANIZED STEEL, WITH CONCEALED ANCHORAGE COMPLETE WITH MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD HEAVY-DUTY CHROME-PLATED HARDWARE AND ACCESSORIES. STEEL SHEETS FOR METAL PARTITIONS TO BE ASTM A 591 CLASS C GALVANIZED, 20 GAGE FOR
PILASTERS, PANELS, AND SCREENS; 22 GAGE FOR DOORS. CORE MATERIAL TO BE MANUFACTURER’S STANDARD SOUND-DEADENING HONEYCOMB OF IMPREGNATED KRAFT PAPER, 1 INCH MINIMUM FOR DOORS, PANELS, AND SCREENS; 1-1/4 INCH MINIMUM FOR PILASTERS. 

 
 HANDICAPPED: 
 *************** 
  
 ALL PUBLIC TOILET ROOMS SHALL BE LOCATED ALONG AN ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL AND MUST HAVE ACCESSIBLE
FIXTURES, ACCESSORIES, DOORS AND ADEQUATE MANEUVERING CLEARANCES. THE INTERIOR SHALL ALLOW AN UN-OBSTRUCTED FLOOR SPACE OF 5 FEET IN DIAMETER, MEASURED 12 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. AT LEAST ONE MEN’S AND ONE WOMEN’S TOILET ROOM ON EACH FLOOR
WHERE THE GOVERNMENT LEASES PART OF THE FLOOR, OR ALL PUBLIC TOILET ROOMS WHERE THE GOVERNMENT LEASES THE ENTIRE FLOOR, SHALL HAVE ONE TOILET STALL THAT: 
  

	*
	 
	IS 60 INCHES WIDE 
 

  

	*
	 
	HAS A MINIMUM DEPTH OF 56 INCHES WHEN WALL-MOUNTED CLOSETS ARE USED OR 59 INCHES WHEN FLOOR-MOUNTED CLOSETS ARE USED. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 53 of 79 

	*
	 
	HAS A CLEAR FLOOR AREA. 
 

  

	*
	 
	HAS A DOOR THAT IS 32 INCHES WIDE AND SWINGS OUT. 
 

  

	*
	 
	HAS HANDRAILS ON EACH SIDE, (FLOOR TRANSFER STALL) OR ON THE SIDE AND BACK (SIDE TRANSFER STALL). THEY SHALL BE 33 TO 36 INCHES HIGH AND PARALLEL TO THE FLOOR,
1-1/4 TO 1-1/2 INCHES IN OUTSIDE DIAMETER, WITH 1-1/2 INCH CLEARANCE BETWEEN RAIL AND WALL, AND FASTENED SECURELY AT ENDS AND CENTER. THEY SHALL HAVE NO SHARP EDGES AND MUST PERMIT THE CONTINUOUS SLIDING OF HANDS. 
 

 

	*
	 
	HAS A WATER CLOSET MOUNTED AT A HEIGHT FROM 17 TO 19 INCHES, MEASURED FROM THE FLOOR TO THE TOP OF THE SEAT. HAND-OPERATED OR AUTOMATIC FLUSH CONTROLS SHALL BE
MOUNTED NO HIGHER THAN 44 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. 
 

  
 ALTERNATE ACCESSIBLE TOILET
STALLS: 
 **************************************** 
  
 A STALL MEASURING 36 INCHES OR 48 INCHES WIDE BY 66 INCHES, BUT PREFERABLY 72 INCHES DEEP, MAY BE ACCEPTABLE AS DETERMINED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 HANDICAPPED LAVATORY: 
 ************************** 
  
 AT LEAST ONE LAVATORY SHALL BE MOUNTED WITH THE RIM OR COUNTER SURFACE NOT HIGHER THAN 34
INCHES (865MM) ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR. PROVIDE A CLEARANCE OF AT LEAST 29 INCHES (735MM) FROM THE FLOOR TO THE BOTTOM OF THE APRON. 
  
 FAUCETS SHALL BE LEVER-OPERATED, PUSH-TYPE, OR ELECTRONICALLY ACTIVATED FOR ONE-HAND OPERATION WITHOUT THE NEED FOR TIGHT PINCHING OR GRASPING. DRAIN PIPES AND HOT-WATER PIPES UNDER A LAVATORY MUST BE COVERED, INSULTED, OR RECESSED
FAR ENOUGH SO THAT WHEELCHAIR INDIVIDUALS WITHOUT SENSATION WILL NOT BURN THEMSELVES. 
  
 HANDICAPPED OTHER REQUIREMENTS: 
 ************************************** 
  
 ONE MIRROR WITH SHELF SHALL BE PROVIDED ABOVE THE LAVATORY AT A HEIGHT AS LOW AS POSSIBLE AND NO HIGHER THAN 40 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR, MEASURED FROM THE TOP OF
THE SHELF AND THE BOTTOM OF THE MIRROR. A COMMON MIRROR PROVIDED FOR BOTH THE ABLE THE DISABLED MUST PROVIDE A CONVENIENT VIEW FOR BOTH. TOILET ROOMS FOR MEN SHALL HAVE A WALL-MOUNTED URINAL WITH AN ELONGATED LIP, WITH THE BASIN OPENING NO MORE THAN
17 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR. ACCESSIBLE FLOOR-MOUNTED STALL URINALS WITH BASINS AT THE LEVEL OF THE FLOOR ARE ACCEPTABLE. THE TOILET ROOMS SHALL HAVE AT LEAST ONE TOWEL RACK, TOWEL DISPENSERS, AND OTHER DISPENSERS AND DISPOSAL UNITS MOUNTED NO HIGHER
THAN 48 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR OR 54 INCHES IF A PERSON IN A WHEELCHAIR HAS TO APPROACH IT FROM THE SIDE. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 54 of 79 

  
 65  RESTROOMS: FIXTURE SCHEDULE 

 
 THE TOILET FIXTURE SCHEDULES SPECIFIED BELOW SHALL BE APPLIED TO EACH FULL FLOOR BASED ON ONE PERSON FOR EACH 135 SQUARE FEET OF OFFICE SPACE IN A
RATIO OF 50 PERCENT MEN AND 50 PERCENT WOMEN. 
  
 REFER TO THE SCHEDULE SEPARATELY FOR EACH SEX. 
  
 
	 NUMBER OF
 MEN*/WOMEN
 
	    	 WATER CLOSETS
 
	    	 LAVATORIES
 

	         1-15
 	    	 1    
 	    	 1  
 
	         16-35
 	    	 2    
 	    	 2  
 
	         36-55
 	    	 3    
 	    	 3  
 
	         56-60
 	    	 4    
 	    	 3  
 
	         61-80
 	    	 4    
 	    	 4  
 
	         81-90
 	    	 5    
 	    	 4  
 
	         91-110
 	    	 5    
 	    	 5  
 
	         111-125
 	    	 6    
 	    	 5  
 
	         126-150
 	    	 6    
 	    	 **
 
	         OVER 150
 	    	 ***
 	    	  

 
  

	*
	 
	IN MEN’S FACILITIES, URINALS MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ONE-THIRD OF THE WATER CLOSETS SPECIFIED. 
 

  

	**
	 
	ADD ONE LAVATORY FOR EACH 45 ADDITIONAL EMPLOYEES OVER 125. 
 

  

	***
	 
	ADD ONE WATER CLOSET FOR EACH 40 ADDITIONAL EMPLOYEES OVER 150. 
 

  
 66  JANITOR CLOSETS 
  
 JANITOR
CLOSETS WITH SERVICE SINK, HOT AND COLD WATER, AND AMPLE STORAGE FOR CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, AND SUPPLIES SHALL BE PROVIDED ON ALL FLOORS. JANITOR CLOSETS SHALL BE PHYSICALLY SEPARATE FROM RESTROOMS. 
  
 67  HEATING AND AIR CONDITIONING 
  
 THERMOSTATS SHALL BE SET TO MAINTAIN A TEMPERATURE OF 68 DEGREES F DURING THE HEATING SEASON AND 78 DEGREES F DURING THE COOLING SEASON. THESE TEMPERATURES MUST BE MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE LEASED
PREMISES AND SERVICE AREAS, REGARDLESS OF OUTSIDE TEMPERATURES, DURING THE HOURS OF OPERATION SPECIFIED IN THE LEASE. 
  
 DURING NONWORKING
HOURS, HEATING TEMPERATURES SHALL BE SET NO HIGHER THAN 55 DEGREES F AND AIR CONDITIONING WILL NOT BE PROVIDED. THERMOSTATS SHALL BE SECURED FROM MANUAL OPERATION BY KEY OR LOCKED CAGE. A KEY SHALL BE PROVIDED TO THE GSA FIELD OFFICE MANAGER.

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 55 of 79 

  
 HEATING SYSTEMS SHALL NOT BE OPERATED TO MAINTAIN TEMPERATURES ABOVE 68 DEGREES F, AND COOLING SYSTEMS
SHALL NOT BE OPERATED TO ACHIEVE TEMPERATURES BELOW 78 DEGREES F. HEATING ENERGY SHALL NOT BE USED TO ACHIEVE THE TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED FOR COOLING, AND COOLING ENERGY SHALL NOT BE USED TO ACHIEVE THE TEMPERATURE SPECIFIED FOR HEATING. 

 
 AREAS HAVING EXCESSIVE HEAT GAIN OR HEAT LOSS, OR AFFECTED BY SOLAR RADIATION AT DIFFERENT TIMES OF THE DAY, SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLED.

  
 PROVIDE HEAT TO MAINTAIN 40 DEGREES F IN SPACES WHICH ARE NOT HEATED, VENTILATED, AND AIR-CONDITIONED, BUT WHICH ARE LOCATED ON THE
EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING WHERE THERE IS A POSSIBILITY OF SPRINKLER PIPING FREEZING. 
  
 FOR AREAS TO BE HEATED AND VENTILATED ONLY, MAINTAIN
60 DEGREES F WITH AIR CIRCULATION CFM RATE BASED ON ROOM HEAT GAIN AT 20 DEGREES TEMPERATURE DIFFERENCE OR 2 CFM/SQ. FT., WHICHEVER IS GREATER. 
  
 EXHAUST TOILETS AT 2 CFM/SQ. FT. OR 50 CFM, WHICHEVER IS GREATER. SUPPLY LOCKER ROOMS AT 2 CFM/SQ. FT. EXHAUST 100 PERCENT OF SUPPLY AIR FROM LOCKER ROOM AND FROM NEARBY TOILETS TO BUILDING EXHAUST. 
  
 ZONE CONTROL: 
 **************** 
  
 INDIVIDUAL THERMOSTAT CONTROL SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL OFFICE SPACE WITH CONTROL AREAS NOT TO EXCEED
2000 SQUARE FEET. AREAS WHICH ROUTINELY HAVE EXTENDED HOURS OF OPERATION SHALL BE ENVIRONMENTALLY CONTROLLED THROUGH DEDICATED HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. SPECIAL-PURPOSE AREAS (SUCH AS PHOTOCOPY CENTERS, LARGE CONFERENCE ROOMS, ETC.)
WITH AN INTERNAL LOAD IN EXCESS OF 5 TONS SHALL BE INDEPENDENTLY CONTROLLED. CONCEALED PACKAGE AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED TO MEET LOCALIZED SPOT COOLING OF TENANT SPECIAL EQUIPMENT. PORTABLE SPACE HEATERS ARE PROHIBITED FROM USE.

  
 HEATING/COOLING PLANT: 
 ************************** 
  
 A HEATING AND COOLING PLANT SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE
BUILDING. HEATING AND COOLING PLANT SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE REDUNDANCY TO ALLOW FOR NORMAL MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR REPAIR OF EQUIPMENT FAILURE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE TO OFFICE AND CRITICAL EQUIPMENT AREAS OF THE BUILDING. 

 
 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM SHALL BE DESIGNED TO ACCOMMODATE AN ELECTRICAL LOAD OF 6 WATTS PER SQUARE FOOT FOR ALL OFFICE AREAS. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 56 of 79 

  
 A SECONDARY CHILLED-WATER SYSTEM OR A SECONDARY CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM INCLUDING DEDICATED TWO-CELL
COOLING TOWER, PUMPS, AND SECONDARY CHILLED-WATER OR CONDENSER WATER PIPING RISERS WITH VALVED CONNECTIONS AT EACH FLOOR FOR SELF-CONTAINED COMPUTER AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT INSTALLATIONS SHALL BE PROVIDED. SYSTEM SHALL BE OPERATIONAL 24 HOURS PER
DAY, 365 DAYS PER YEAR, AND SHALL HAVE ADEQUATE REDUNDANCY TO ALLOW FOR NORMAL MAINTENANCE OF EQUIPMENT AND/OR REPAIR OF EQUIPMENT FAILURE WITHOUT INTERRUPTION OF SERVICE TO CRITICAL EQUIPMENT FACILITIES. A WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED
FOR THE SECONDARY WATER SYSTEM. THE SECONDARY CHILLED-WATER SYSTEM OR THE SECONDARY CONDENSER WATER SYSTEM SHALL BE SIZED FOR 900 TONS OF COOLING. THE SECONDARY CHILLED-WATER RISERS AND VALVES OR CONDENSER WATER RISERS AND VALVED CONNECTIONS SHALL
BE SIZED TO ALLOW ANY FLOOR FULL DESIGN LOAD FOR THE FLOOR PLUS 100-PERCENT ADDITIONAL DESIGN LOAD FOR THE FLOOR. 
  
 EQUIPMENT PERFORMANCE: 
 *************************** 
  

TEMPERATURE CONTROL FOR OFFICE SPACES SHALL BE ASSURED BY CONCEALED CENTRAL HEATING AND AIR-CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. THE EQUIPMENT SHALL MAINTAIN SPACE TEMPERATURE CONTROL OVER A RANGE OF
INTERNAL LOAD FLUCTUATIONS OF PLUS 0.5 WATT/SQ. FT. TO MINUS 1.5 WATTS/SQ. FT. FROM INITIAL DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OF THE TENANT. HVAC SYSTEM DESIGN AND CAPACITY MUST ACCOMMODATE THE EXTRA HEAT LOAD INHERENT IN THE GOVERNMENT’S EXPECTED OCCUPANCY
RATE OF ONE PERSON PER 135 SQUARE FEET OF SPACE AND OFFICE AUTOMATION EQUIPMENT PLANNED AT A RATE OF ONE OFFICE AUTOMATION WORK STATION PER EVERY EMPLOYEE. 
  
 68  VENTILATION (As Amended 10/26/89) 
  
 Outside air shall be provided to all office space for a minimum of twenty (20) cubic feet per minute (CFM) for each person or 0.2 CFM per square foot, whichever is greater. Economizer cycle-free cooling, using outside air may be used
for cooling. Where the Government pays utilities, an automatic air economizer cycle must be provided to all air-handling equipment. Conference rooms of one hundred and twenty (120) square feet or greater shall be provided with a dedicated source of
ventilation air or be fitted with air-handling equipment with smoke/odor-removing filters. Within the scope of this lease, the only conference rooms to receive a dedicated source of ventilation air or be fitted with air-handling equipment with
smoke/odor removing filters are specified in Paragraph 103 of this SFO. Should any additional rooms require supplementary ventilation, the necessary materials and installation shall be provided at the Government expense. 
  
 WHERE THE LESSOR PROPOSES THAT THE GOVERNMENT SHOULD PAY UTILITIES, THE BUILDING SHALL HAVE A FULLY FUNCTIONAL BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM (BAS) CAPABLE OF
CONTROL REGULATION AND MONITORING OF ALL ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONING EQUIPMENT. THE BAS SHALL BE FULLY SUPPORTED BY A SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE CONTRACT. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 57 of 79 

  
 69  ELECTRICAL: GENERAL (As Amended 01/30/90) 
  
 THE LESSOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR MEETING THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, THE NATIONAL ELECTRIC SAFETY CODE; STANDARDS OF THE
NATIONAL ELECTRIC MANUFACTURERS’ ASSOCIATION, INSULATED POWER CABLE ENGINEERS’ ASSOCIATION, THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS, AND LOCAL CODES AND ORDINANCES. WHEN CODES CONFLICT, THE MORE STRINGENT STANDARD SHALL APPLY. MAIN
SERVICE FACILITIES WILL BE ENCLOSED. THE ENCLOSURE MAY NOT BE USED FOR STORAGE OR OTHER PURPOSES AND SHALL HAVE DOORS OUTFITTED WITH AN AUTOMATIC DEADLOCKING LATCH BOLT WITH A MINIMUM THROW OF 1⁄2 INCH. DISTRIBUTION PANELS MUST BE CIRCUIT-BREAKER
TYPE WITH 10-PERCENT SPARE POWER LOAD AND CIRCUITS. COPPER WIRE SHALL BE USED FOR ALL POWER WIRING LOCATED IN AND SERVICING THE SPACE LEASED, IF THE FULL BUILDING IS TO BE LEASED THAN ALL BUILDING WIRING MUST BE COPPER UNLESS APPROVED IN WRITING BY
THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 69A  PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION (As Amended 01/30/90) 
  

A single spot network system shall be used with three (3) or more primary feeders to ensure a high degree of service continuity. All such feeders shall enter the site and continue to the
building below grade. 
  
 69B  SYSTEM CAPACITY 
  
 Capacity shall be provided in the building electrical switchgear to accommodate the actual lighting and HVAC loads, the computer equipment rooms based on 50 watts per square foot for a minimum of
5-percent of the total gross floor area, of the building, general equipment load based on 6 watts per square foot of the total gross floor area, plus 25-percent spare capacity. 
  
 69C  SECONDARY DISTRIBUTION 
  
 Electrical 480Y/277-volt, 3-phase, 4-wire
distribution feeders shall be designed for the actual lighting and HVAC loads, plus 6 watts per square foot for general equipment load. Other 208Y/120-volt, 3-phase, 4-wire feeders, transformers, and panels shall be designed for 6 watts per square
foot for general equipment load. Panels shall be sized for at least 30-percent spare circuit capacity. Feeders for HVAC and elevator equipment shall be designed to meet operating loads. 
  

69D  STANDBY POWER SUPPLY (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  
 The building shall
be provided with a standby emergency generator. Capacity shall be capable of supporting all required emergency lighting; exit lighting (signs), fire alarm panels, fire protection systems, including engineered smoke control, security systems, and
elevators. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 58 of 79 

  
 69E  GROUNDING 
  
 An underground grounding grid shall be provided to ground the electrical substation equipment, electric metal raceways, transformer neutrals, shielding, metallic enclosure of all equipment for life
safety, all building steel columns, raised floors, and down leaders from the lightning protection system. Copper-clad steel ground rod at least 10 feet long and 3⁄4 inch in diameter shall be driven around the periphery of the building’s
ground loop. The grounding grid will consist of a loop of stranded annealed copper wire of minimum 4/0 AWG. 
  
 Equipment ground wire (Green
Insulated Type TW) shall be installed in all feeder and branch circuit conduit for receptacle and lighting circuits and shall be connected to an insulating ground bus in each panelboard. 
  

69F  LIGHTNING PROTECTION 
  
 Lightning protection for this facility
shall be provided in accordance with the NFPA. 
  
 The complete installation shall conform in all respects to the current requirements of
the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. and all legal, labor, insurance, or other authorities having jurisdiction. The installing contractor, such as Bonded Lightning, Rockville, Maryland, and Norfolk, Virginia, shall have a minimum of 5 years
experience in this specialized work and shall be listed and approved by the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. 
  
 All materials used shall be
furnished and recommended for their intended use by reputable lightning protection manufacturers. Upon completion of this system, the lightning protection contractor shall furnish to the owner and architect a ground resistance test report.
Resistance shall not exceed 10 ohms, and it must have the Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Master Labeled C Plate of Approval.” 
  
 70A  ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION 
  
 PROVIDE AN ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION PLAN WHICH WILL PROVIDE ADEQUATE FLEXIBILITY
TO ENSURE A UNIFORM PATTERN IN THE SPACE. POWER POLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. 
  
 70B  ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION (ALTERNATIVE)

  
 AREAS WITH ACCESS FLOOR 
  
 THE FOLLOWING SHALL BE PROVIDED AS A SPECIFICALLY PRICED OPTION FOR USE WITH ACCESS FLOORING. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 59 of 79 

  
 ONE GENERAL POWER DISTRIBUTION BOX SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR EVERY 400 SQUARE FEET OF ACCESS FLOOR AREA.
DISTRIBUTION BOXES SHALL HAVE TWO CIRCUITS AND SIX OUTLETS AND SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE CONCRETE SLAB BELOW THE RAISED ACCESS FLOOR SYSTEM. FLOOR OUTLETS FOR INSTALLATION IN RAISED ACCESS FLOOR PANELS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE BASIS OF ONE PER 75
SQUARE FEET OF ACCESS FLOOR. EACH OUTLET SHALL HAVE A FOURPLEX (DOUBLE DUPLEX) RECEPTACLE WITH A 15 FOOT LONG BX CABLE WITH A CONNECTOR COMPATIBLE WITH THE GENERAL POWER DISTRIBUTION BOXES AND PROVISIONS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS (VOICE AND DATA).
DUPLEX WALL OUTLETS SHALL BE PROVIDED ON THE BASIS OF ONE PER 100 SQUARE FEET. 
  
 THE LESSOR MUST ENSURE THAT OUTLETS AND ASSOCIATED WIRING
(FOR ELECTRICITY, VOICE, AND DATA) TO THE WORKSTATION WILL BE SAFELY CONCEALED UNDER THE RAISED ACCESS FLOORING. CABLE ON THE FLOOR SURFACE MUST BE MINIMIZED. POWER POLES ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE. WIRING MUST BE CONCEALED UNDER THE FLOOR. ALL FLOORS MUST
HAVE 220-VOLT, SINGLE-PHASE, 60-HERTZ ELECTRIC SERVICE AVAILABLE. DUPLEX OUTLETS MUST BE CIRCUITED SEPARATELY FROM THE LIGHTING. THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM MUST HAVE AN ALLOWANCE OF 5.0 WATTS PER NET USABLE SQUARE FOOT TO ACCOMMODATE OFFICE AUTOMATION
EQUIPMENT THROUGHOUT THE SPACE. 
  
 71  ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION (As Amended 11/28/89) 
  
 AREAS WITHOUT ACCESS FLOOR 
  
 Duplex floor or wall
outlets shall be provided in areas without raised access floor on the basis of one per 100 square feet for duplex wall outlets and one per 300 square feet for floor outlets. Telecommunications (voice and data) floor or wall outlets shall also be
provided on a basis of one per 300 square feet for telecommunications wall outlets and one per 300 square feet for floor outlets with a minimum of one per enclosed space. 
  
 The lessor must ensure that outlets and wiring will be safely concealed by a method acceptable to the Contracting Officer. Cable on the floor surface shall be minimized; and power poles are not
acceptable. All floors shall have 220-volt, single-phase, 60-hertz electric service available; duplex outlets shall be circuited separately from the lighting. The electrical system must have an allowance of 6.0 watts per net usable square foot, to
accommodate office automation equipment throughout the space. 
  
 72  ELECTRICAL: ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTION SPECIFICATIONS

  
 IF THE OFFEROR PROPOSES THAT BUILDING MAINTENANCE WILL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE GOVERNMENT, THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE DUPLEX UTILITY
OUTLETS IN TOILETS, CORRIDORS, AND DISPENSING AREAS FOR MAINTENANCE PURPOSES AT NO COST TO THE GOVERNMENT. FUSES AND CIRCUIT BREAKERS SHALL BE PLAINLY MARKED OR LABELED TO IDENTIFY CIRCUITS OR EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED THROUGH THEM. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 60 of 79 

  
 73  TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT 
  
 THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO PROVIDE ITS OWN TELECOMMUNICATION (VOICE AND DATA) SERVICE IN THE SPACE TO BE LEASED. THE GOVERNMENT MAY CONTRACT WITH ANOTHER PARTY TO HAVE INSIDE WIRING AND
TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT INSTALLED OR USE WIRING PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR, IF AVAILABLE. IN ANY CASE, SPACE FOR TELECOMMUNICATION EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR. 
  
 TELECOMMUNICATION SWITCH ROOMS, WIRE CLOSETS, AND BELATED SPACES SHALL BE ENCLOSED. THE ENCLOSURE MAY NOT BE USED FOR STORAGE OR OTHER PURPOSES. 
  

PUBLIC TELEPHONES: 
 ******************* 
  
 A MINIMUM OF SIX PUBLIC TELEPHONES SHALL BE PROVIDED IN THE AREA OF THE LOBBY subject to C&P telephone or another vendor agreeing to provide said equipment. The lessor may designate specific areas
for the installation of public telephones. A MINIMUM OF ONE PUBLIC TELEPHONE SHALL BE EQUIPPED FOR THOSE WITH HEARING DISABILITIES. A MINIMUM OF ONE SHALL BE MADE ACCESSIBLE TO PERSONS IN WHEELCHAIRS BY WALL MOUNTING THEM SO THE TOP OF THE PHONE IS
NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR (FRONTAL APPROACH) OR 54 INCHES (PARALLEL APPROACH) THE LENGTH OF THE CORD FROM THE TELEPHONE TO THE HANDSET SHOULD BE AT LEAST 29 INCHES. 
  
 74  LIGHTING: INTERIOR 
  
 MODERN, DIFFUSED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES USING NO MORE
THAN 2.0 WATTS PER SQUARE FOOT SHALL BE PROVIDED. SUCH FIXTURES SHALL BE CAPABLE OF PRODUCING AND MAINTAINING A UNIFORM LIGHT LEVEL OF 50 FOOTCANDLES AT WORKING SURFACE HEIGHT THROUGHOUT THE SPACE. WHEN THE SPACE IS NOT IN USE BY THE GOVERNMENT,
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING, EXCEPT THAT ESSENTIAL FOR SAFETY AND SECURITY PURPOSES, SHALL BE TURNED OFF. 
  
 BUILDING ENTRANCES AND
PARKING AREAS MUST BE LIGHTED. BALLASTS ARE TO BE RAPID-START, THERMALLY PROTECTED, VOLTAGE REGULATING TYPE, UL-LISTED AND ETL APPROVED. 
  
 OUTDOOR PARKING AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 1 FOOTCANDLE OF ILLUMINATION. INDOOR PARKING AREAS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF 10 FOOTCANDLES LEVEL ILLUMINATION. 
  
 FOUR-FOOT FLUORESCENT LAMPS WILL BE ENERGY-SAVING 34-WATT, 1-AMPERE. LIGHTING IN AREAS WITH NO CEILING WILL BE PENDANT OR WALL-MOUNTED FLUORESCENT FIXTURES. PROVIDE APPROVED LAMP-PROTECTION DEVICES IN
LIGHT INDUSTRIAL AREAS, INCLUDING LOADING DOCK AND GARAGE, HIGH-INTENSITY-DISCHARGE (HID) LIGHTING WILL BE USED, PRIMARILY OF THE METAL HALIDE (MH) AND SUPER METAL HALIDE (SMH) TYPE. LIGHTING FIXTURES SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH LENSES. 

 
 75  SWITCHES 
  
 SWITCHES AND
CONTROLS FOR LIGHTING, HEAT, FIRE ALARMS, AND ALL SIMILAR CONTROLS OF FREQUENT OR ESSENTIAL USE SHALL BE PLACED NO HIGHER THAN 54 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR WITH 48 INCHES PREFERRED. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 61 of 79 

  
 76  ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTROLS 
  

SWITCHES SHALL BE LOCATED ON COLUMNS OR WALLS BY DOOR OPENINGS. NO MORE THAN 1000 SQUARE FEET OF OPEN SPACE SHALL BE CONTROLLED BY ONE LIGHT SWITCH. IF THE OFFEROR PROPOSED THAT THE
GOVERNMENT PAY SEPARATELY FOR ELECTRICITY, NO MORE THAN 500 SQUARE FEET OF OFFICE MAY BE CONTROLLED BY ONE SWITCH OR AUTOMATIC LIGHT CONTROL AND MUST BE PROVIDED TO ALL SPACE ON THE GOVERNMENT METER, EITHER THROUGH A BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM, TIME
CLOCK, OCCUPANT SENSOR, OR OTHER COMPARABLE SYSTEM ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 
  
 77  ELEVATORS (As Amended 09/21/89)

  
 THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE SUITABLE PASSENGER AND FREIGHT ELEVATOR SERVICE TO ALL GSA-LEASED SPACE NOT HAVING GROUND-LEVEL ACCESS. SERVICE
SHALL BE AVAILABLE DURING THE HOURS SPECIFIED IN THE PARAGRAPH ENTITLED “NORMAL HOURS,” BELOW. HOWEVER, ONE ELEVATOR SHALL BE AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR GOVERNMENT USE. GSA WILL BE GIVEN 24-HOUR ADVANCE NOTICE IF THE SERVICE IS TO BE
INTERRUPTED MORE THAN 11⁄2 HOURS. INTERRUPTION SHALL BE SCHEDULED FOR MINIMUM INCONVENIENCE. 
  
 CODE: 
 ****** 
  
 ELEVATORS SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT EDITIONS OF THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD
A17.1, SAFETY CODE FOR ELEVATORS AND ESCALATORS, EXCEPT THAT ELEVATOR CARS ARE NOT REQUIRED TO HAVE A VISUAL OR AUDIBLE SIGNAL TO NOTIFY PASSENGERS DURING AUTOMATIC RECALL, AND ELEVATOR LOBBY SMOKE DETECTORS MUST NOT ACTIVATE THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM
SYSTEM, BUT MUST SIGNAL THE FIRE DEPARTMENT OR CENTRAL STATION SERVICE AND CAPTURE THE ELEVATORS. THE ELEVATOR SHALL BE INSPECTED AND MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CURRENT REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD A17.2, INSPECTOR’S
MANUAL FOR ELEVATORS AND ELEVATOR MANUFACTURER’S REQUIREMENTS. 
  
 ENTRANCE: 
 *********** 
  
 THE ELEVATOR ENTRANCE SHOULD PROVIDE A CLEAR OPENING OF AT LEAST 36 INCHES. THE INSIDE MEASUREMENTS SHALL BE
A MINIMUM OF 51 INCHES DEEP AND 68 INCHES WIDE. 
  
 CALL BUTTONS: 
 *************** 
  
 FIFTY-FOUR INCHES WITH 48 INCHES PREFERRED IS THE MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE HEIGHT FOR THE NIGHEST CALL BUTTON
INSIDE THE CAR. HOWEVER, THE NIGHEST OPERABLE PART OF A TWO-WAY COMMUNICATION SYSTEM INSIDE THE CAR CANNOT EXCEED 48 INCHES FROM THE FLOOR. THE LOBBY CALL BUTTON SHOULD BE CENTERED AT 42 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR BUT NO HIGHER THAN 54 INCHES MAXIMUM.

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 62 of 79 

  
 SAFETY SYSTEMS: 
 **************** 
  
 ELEVATORS ARE TO BE EQUIPPED WITH TELEPHONES OR OTHER TWO-WAY EMERGENCY SIGNALLING SYSTEMS. THE SYSTEM
USED SHALL BE MARKED AND SHALL REACH THE NASA MAIN SECURITY DESK. 
  
 WHEN GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY IS THREE OR MORE FLOORS ABOVE GRADE,
AUTOMATIC ELEVATOR EMERGENCY RECALL IS REQUIRED. 
  
 SPEED: 
 ******

  
 THE PASSENGER ELEVATORS MUST HAVE A CAPACITY TO TRANSPORT IN 5 MINUTES 15-PERCENT OF THE NORMAL POPULATION OF ALL UPPER FLOORS (BASED ON
125 SQUARE FEET PER PERSON). FURTHER, THE DISPATCH INTERVAL BETWEEN ELEVATORS DURING THE UP-PEAK DEMAND PERIOD SHOULD NOT EXCEED 35 SECONDS. 
  
 77A  ELEVATOR – FREIGHT 
  
 The lessor shall provide a minimum of one freight elevator for the exclusive use
of the Government. The freight elevator must satisfy or exceed the following criteria: 
  
 
	 
	 a.      Capacity  —  
 	  	 The elevator capacity shall be a minimum of five thousand (5,000) lbs.
 
	 
	 b.      Enclosure  —  
 	  	 The car enclosure shall have flush metal walls and metal car top. Provide hardwood or steel bumpers bolted to the frame construction at the proper level to
avoid damage by careless loading and unloading.
 
	 
	 c.      Entrance  —  
 	  	 The car entrance shall have, as a minimum, a horizontal clearance of 72”, where horizontal sliding type doors are used and where vertically
counterbalanced doors are used it should be the full width of the elevator. The vertical clearance of the entrance shall be a minimum of 96”.
 
	 
	 d.      Platform  —
 	  	 The car platform dimensions shall be a minimum of 100” by 120”.
 

 
  
 The freight elevator shall be arranged to discharge into a separate vestibule or service
lobby on each floor. The freight elevator shall not discharge into a primary route of horizontal circulation such as a main corridor, lobby, etc. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 63 of 79 

 SECTION: 7 
 SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE 
  
 78  GENERAL (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  
 The
lessor must have a building superintendent or a locally designated representative available to promptly correct deficiencies. 
  
 The lessor
shall provide and pay for the cost of the services as specified within the body of this SFO and maintenance of the leased premises including all fixtures installed as specified in the individual areas specified in Paragraph 103 within the rental
rate offered, if the offer is submitted in response to Section No. 1, as specified in Paragraph 04 of SFO 89-047 as amended. 
  
 The lessor
shall also provide, and bear the responsibility for, paying all utility charges associated with the use of the Special Requirement areas specified in Paragraph 103, of this SFO, on a twenty four hour a day seven day a week basis. 

 
 In years five, ten and fifteen following the composite lease commencement date; the Government reserves the right to assume responsibility for
servicing the entire building upon terms mutually agreeable to both the Government and the lessor. 
  
 79  NORMAL HOURS

  
 SERVICES, UTILITIES, AND MAINTENANCE WILL BE PROVIDED DAILY, EXTENDING FROM 6:30 A.M. TO 6:30 P.M., EXCEPT SATURDAYS, SUNDAYS, AND
FEDERAL HOLIDAYS. 
  
 80  OVERTIME USAGE (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  

	(A)
	 
	The Government shall have access to the leased space at all times, including the use of elevators, toilets, lights, small business machines and the equipment
installed in the building pursuant to the specifications included in Paragraph 103 without additional payment. 
 

  

	(B)
	 
	The nine hundred (900) ton secondary heating and cooling plant specified in Paragraph 67, of this solicitation shall be provided with independent utility
meters. The Government intends to pay the utilities directly for this service due to the fact that it will service operations that operate on a twenty four (24) hour a day basis. 
 

  

	(C)
	 
	If heating or cooling is required on an overtime basis in an area not serviced by the nine hundred (900) ton secondary heating and cooling plant, then such
services shall be ordered orally or in writing by a contracting officer or GSA Buildings Manager. When ordered, services will be provided at the hourly rate negotiated prior to award. Costs for personal services shall only be included as authorized
by GSA. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 64 of 79 

	(D)
	 
	When the cost of service is $2,000 or less, the service may be ordered orally and an invoice submitted to the official placing the order for certification and
payment. Orders for services costing more than $2,000 will be placed using a GSA Form 300, Order for Supplies or Services. 
 

  
 The clauses entitled “GSAR 552.232-70(A) Payment Due Date” and “GSAR 552.232-72, Invoice Requirements” on GSA Form 3517, General Clauses, apply for all orders for overtime services.

  

	(E)
	 
	All orders are subject to the terms and conditions of this lease. In the event of a conflict between an order and this lease, the lease shall control.

 

  

	(F)
	 
	The negotiated rate per hour for overtime services is hereby fixed at $92.08 per hour. This figure may be renegotiated on an annual basis. 

  
 81  UTILITIES (As Amended 09/21/89) 
  
 The lessor shall ensure that utilities necessary for operation are available and shall pay for the cost of all the utilities except for as provided for in paragraph 80 of this solicitation within the
rental rate offered. 
  
 82  MAINTENANCE AND TESTING OF SYSTEMS (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  
 The lessor is responsible for the total maintenance and repair of the leased premises in accordance with Paragraph 16, GSA Form 3517. The foregoing requirement
shall be subject to the Government’s obligations pursuant to Paragraph 85, and shall be construed to require normal repair and maintenance by the lessor. The Government shall be responsible for the replacement of any equipment furnished by the
Government or by the lessor pursuant to Paragraph 103 whenever such replacement shall be necessary as determined by the Government, and the equipment is not covered under warranty. Such maintenance and repairs include site and private access roads.

  
 All equipment and systems shall be maintained to provide reliable energy efficient service without unusual interruption, disturbing
noises, exposure to fire safety hazards, excessive air velocities or unusual emissions of dirt. 
  
 The lessor’s maintenance
responsibility includes initial supply and replacement of all supplies, materials, and equipment necessary for such maintenance. Maintenance work and the testing of systems must be done in accordance with applicable codes and inspection certificates
must be displayed as appropriate. Copies of all records in this regard shall be forwarded to the GSA field office manager or a designated representative. 
  
 WITHOUT ANY ADDITIONAL CHARGE, THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE LESSOR OR HIS REPRESENTATIVE TO TEST ONCE A YEAR, WITH PROPER NOTICE, SUCH SYSTEMS AS FIRE ALARM, SPRINKLER, EMERGENCY GENERATOR, ETC. TO ENSURE
PROPER OPERATION. UPON REQUEST, APPROPRIATE OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS SHALL BE MADE AVAILABLE FOR THE GOVERNMENT’S REVIEW DURING THESE TESTS. THESE TESTS SHALL BE WITNESSED BY A REPRESENTATIVE OF THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 65 of 79 

  
 83  FLAG DISPLAY 
  
 THE LESSOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR FLAG DISPLAY ON ALL WORKDAYS AND FEDERAL HOLIDAYS. THE GOVERNMENT WILL PROVIDE INSTRUCTIONS WHEN FLAGS MUST BE FLOWN AT HALF-STAFF. 
  
 84  SECURITY 
  
 THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE
A LEVEL OF SECURITY WHICH PREVENTS UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY TO THE SPACE LEASED DURING NONDUTY HOURS AND PREVENTS LOITERING OR DISRUPTIVE ACTS IN AND AROUND THE SPACE LEASED DURING DUTY HOURS. THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO PROVIDE OR ARRANGE TO
PROVIDE ADDITIONAL PROTECTIVE SERVICES CONSISTING OF LAW ENFORCEMENT AND SECURITY ACTIVITIES TO ENSURE THE SAFETY OF ALL VISITORS AND OCCUPANTS OF GOVERNMENT SPACE, TO SAFEGUARD THE GOVERNMENT’S REAL AND PERSONAL PROPERTY, AND TO PREVENT
INTERFERENCES WITH OR DISRUPTION ON ALL PROPERTY UNDER GOVERNMENT CONTROL. THIS MAY INCLUDE, BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO, SECURITY GUARD SERVICE AND ALARM SYSTEMS OR DEVICES. 
  
 THE GOVERNMENT RESERVES THE RIGHT TO REQUIRE THE LESSOR TO SUBMIT COMPLETED FINGERPRINT CHARTS AND PERSONAL HISTORY STATEMENTS FOR EACH EMPLOYEE OF THE LESSOR AS WELL AS EMPLOYEES OF THE LESSOR’S
CONTRACTORS OR SUBCONTRACTORS WHO WILL PROVIDE BUILDING OPERATING SERVICES OF A CONTINUING NATURE FOR THE PROPERTY IN WHICH THE LEASED SPACE IS LOCATED. THE GOVERNMENT MAY ALSO REQUIRE THIS INFORMATION FOR EMPLOYEES OF THE LESSOR, HIS CONTRACTORS,
OR SUBCONTRACTORS WHO WILL BE ENGAGED TO PERFORM ALTERATIONS OR EMERGENCY REPAIRS FOR THE PROPERTY. 
  
 IF REQUIRED, THE CONTRACTING OFFICER
WILL FURNISH THE LESSOR WITH FORM FD-258, “FINGERPRINTING CHART” AND GSA FORM 176, “STATEMENT OF PERSONAL HISTORY” TO BE COMPLETED FOR EACH EMPLOYEE AND RETURNED BY THE LESSOR TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER OR HIS DESIGNATED
REPRESENTATIVE WITHIN 10 WORKING DAYS FROM THE DATE OF THE WRITTEN REQUEST TO DO SO. BASED ON THE INFORMATION FURNISHED, THE GOVERNMENT WILL CONDUCT SECURITY CHECKS OF THE EMPLOYEES. THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WILL ADVISE THE LESSOR IN WRITING IF AN
EMPLOYEE IS FOUND TO BE UNSUITABLE OR UNFIT FOR HIS ASSIGNED DUTIES. EFFECTIVE IMMEDIATELY, SUCH AN EMPLOYEE CANNOT WORK OR BE ASSIGNED TO WORK ON THE PROPERTY IN WHICH THE LEASED SPACE IS LOCATED. THE LESSOR WILL BE REQUIRED TO PROVIDE THE SAME
DATA WITHIN 10 WORKING DAYS FROM THE ADDITION OF NEW EMPLOYEE(S) TO THE WORK FORCE. 
  
 IN THE EVENT THE LESSOR’S
CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR IS SUBSEQUENTLY REPLACED, THE NEW CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR IS NOT REQUIRED TO SUBMIT ANOTHER SET OF THESE FORMS FOR EMPLOYEES WHO WERE CLEARED THROUGH THIS PROCESS WHILE EMPLOYED BY THE FORMER CONTRACTOR/SUBCONTRACTOR. THE
CONTRACTING OFFICER MAY REQUIRE THE LESSOR TO SUBMIT FOR FD-258 AND GSA FOR 176 FOR EVERY EMPLOYEE COVERED BY THIS CLAUSE ON A 3-YEAR BASIS. 
  
 85  JANITORIAL SERVICES (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 CLEANING IS TO BE PERFORMED DURING TENANT WORKING HOURS.

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 66 of 79 

  
 The lessor shall maintain areas appurtenant to the premises leased by the Government with the exception
of floors occupied in their entirety by the Government and lobby(ies) dedicated to sole use of the Government, including outside areas, in a clean condition and shall provide supplies and equipment to the aforementioned areas of the building.
Performance will be based on the contracting officer’s evaluation of results, not on the frequency or method of performance. 
  
 The
Government shall be responsible for all interior cleaning services within the leased premises, with the exception of replacement of worn floor coverings. 
  
 Furthermore, the Government shall maintain public spaces as well as mechanical and support spaces on floors where the Government is the sole tenant and does not share the public space with any other tenants. 

 
 All janitorial services which are the responsibility of the lessor shall be performed based on the following: 
  
 DAILY: 
 ******* 
  
 Empty trash receptacles and clean ashtrays. Sweep entrances, lobbies, and corridors. Spot sweep floors and spot vacuum carpets. Clean drinking fountains. Sweep and damp mop or scrub toilet rooms. Clean
all toilet fixtures and replenish toilet supplies. Dispose of all trash and garbage generated in or about the building. Wash inside and out or steam clean cans used for collection of food remnants from snack bars and vending machines. Dust
horizontal surfaces that are readily available and visibly require dusting. Spray buff resilient floors in main corridors, entrances, and lobbies. Clean elevators and escalators, remove carpet stains. Police sidewalks, parking areas, and driveways.
Sweep loading dock areas and platforms. 
  
 THREE TIMES A WEEK: 
 ********************** 
  
 Sweep or vacuum stairs. 
  
 WEEKLY: 
 ********* 
  
 Damp mop and spray buff all resilient floors in toilets. Sweep sidewalks, parking areas, and driveways (weather permitting). Damp wipe toilet wastepaper receptacles. 
  
 EVERY TWO WEEKS: 
 ******************** 
  
 Spray buff-resistant floors in secondary corridors, entrance, and lobbies. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 67 of 79 

  
 MONTHLY: 
 ***********

  
 Thoroughly dust furniture. Completely sweep and/or vacuum carpets. Sweep storage space. Spot clean all wall surfaces within 70 inches of
the floor. 
  
 EVERY TWO MONTHS: 
 **********************

  
 Damp wipe toilet stall partitions, doors, window sills, and frames. Shampoo entrance and elevator carpets. 
  
 THREE TIMES A YEAR: 
 ********************** 
  
 Dust wall surfaces within 70 inches of the floor, vertical surfaces, and under surfaces. Clean metal and marble surfaces in lobbies. Wet mop or scrub garages.

  
 TWICE A YEAR: 
 *************** 
  
 Wash all interior and exterior windows and other glass surfaces. Strip and apply four coats of finish to resilient floors in toilets. Strip and refinish main
corridors and other heavy-traffic areas. 
  
 ANNUALLY: 
 ************

  
 Wash all venetian blinds and dust 6 months from washing. Vacuum or dust all surfaces in the building 70 inches from the floor, including
light fixtures. Vacuum all drapes in place. Strip and refinish floors and secondary lobbies and corridors. Shampoo carpets in corridors and lobbies. Clean balconies, ledges, courts, areaways, and flat roofs. 
  
 EVERY FIVE YEARS: 
 ******************* 
  
 Dry clean or wash (as appropriate) all drapes. 
  
 AS REQUIRED: 
 ************** 
  
 Properly maintain
plants and lawns, remove snow and ice from entrances, exterior walks, and parking lots of the building. Provide initial supply, installation, and replacement of light bulbs, tubes, ballasts, and starters. Replace worn floor coverings (This includes
moving and return of furniture). 
  
 The Government shall be responsible for extermination of pests within the premises leased by the
Government. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 68 of 79 

  
 86  SCHEDULE OF PERIODIC SERVICES 
  

WITHIN 60 DAYS AFTER OCCUPANCY BY THE GOVERNMENT, THE LESSOR SHALL PROVIDE THE CONTRACTING OFFICER WITH A DETAILED WRITTEN SCHEDULE OF ALL PERIODIC SERVICES AND MAINTENANCE TO BE PERFORMED
OTHER THAN DAILY, WEEKLY, OR MONTHLY. 
  
 87  BUILDING OPERATING PLAN 
  

IF THE COST OF UTILITIES IS NOT INCLUDED AS PART OF THE RENTAL CONSIDERATION, OFFERORS SHALL SUBMIT A BUILDING OPERATING PLAN WITH THE OFFER. SUCH PLAN SHALL INCLUDE A SCHEDULE OF STARTUP
AND SHUTDOWN TIMES FOR OPERATION OF EACH BUILDING SYSTEM, SUCH AS LIGHTING, HEATING, COOLING AND VENTILATION, AND PLUMBING WHICH IS NECESSARY FOR THE OPERATION OF THE BUILDING. SUCH PLAN SHALL BE IN OPERATION ON THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THE LEASE.

  
 88  LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE 
  
 PERFORMANCE WILL BE BASED ON THE CONTRACTING OFFICER’S EVALUATION OF RESULTS AND NOT ON THE FREQUENCY OR THE METHOD OF PERFORMANCE. THE FOLLOWING PARAGRAPH DESCRIBES THE LEVEL OF SERVICES INTENDED. 
  
 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE IS TO BE PERFORMED DURING THE GROWING SEASON ON A WEEKLY CYCLE AND WILL CONSIST OF THE FOLLOWING: 
  

	*
	 
	WATERING, MOWING, AND POLICING AREA TO KEEP IT FREE OF DEBRIS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	PRUNING AND FERTILIZATION ARE TO BE DONE ON AN AS-NEEDED BASIS. IN ADDITION, DEAD OR DYING PLANTS ARE TO BE REPLACED. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 69 of 79 

  
 SECTION:  8 
 SAFETY
AND FIRE PREVENTION 
  
 89  CODE VIOLATIONS 
  
 EQUIPMENT, SERVICES, OR UTILITIES FURNISHED AND ACTIVITIES OF OTHER OCCUPANTS SHALL BE FREE OF SAFETY, HEALTH, AND FIRE HAZARDS. WHEN HAZARDS ARE DETECTED, THEY MUST BE PROMPTLY CORRECTED AT THE
LESSOR’S EXPENSE. 
  
 90  PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 
  
 PORTABLE-TYPE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS MEETING REQUIREMENTS OF NFPA STANDARD NO. 10 SHALL BE PROVIDED AND MAINTAINED BY THE LESSOR. INITIAL AND REPLACEMENT CHARGES FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY
THE LESSOR. INSPECTION (QUICK CHECK) AND MAINTENANCE (THOROUGH CHECK) OF THESE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE DONE IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA STANDARD NO. 10. 
  
 91  STANDPIPES 
  
 STANDPIPES SHALL BE PROVIDED WHEN GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY IS FOUR OR MORE FLOORS ABOVE GRADE AND
SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA STANDARD NO. 14. STANDPIPES SHALL BE LOCATED IN STAIRWELLS AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH A 21⁄2 -INCH VALVED OUTLET AT EACH FLOOR LEVEL. 
  
 92  SPRINKLER SYSTEM (As Amended 06/16/89) 
  
 AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER REQUIREMENTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:

  
 SPRINKLERS MUST BE PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AGENCY HANDBOOK NUMBERED PBS P 5900.2C, SECTION 5. AN AUTOMATIC WET-PIPE SPRINKLER
SYSTEM SHALL BE PROVIDED THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING, INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 13, STANDARD FOR THE INSTALLATION OF SPRINKLER SYSTEMS, 1987 EDITION, AS MODIFIED BELOW: 
  

	*
	 
	WATER FLOW ALARMS MUST BE PROVIDED FOR EACH FLOOR LEVEL PROTECTED BY THE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. 
 

  

	*
	 
	VALVES ON CONNECTIONS TO WATER SUPPLIES AND IN SUPPLY PIPES TO SPRINKLERS MUST BE OS&Y VALVES AND MUST HAVE TAMPER SWITCHES THAT WILL ACTUATE A SUPERVISORY
SIGNAL ON THE BUILDING FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WHEN THE VALVE IS CLOSED MORE THAN 10 PERCENT. 
 

  

	*
	 
	SPRINKLERS MUST BE PROVIDED IN ALL PARTS OF THE BUILDING INCLUDING: ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOMS, PRIVATE TELEPHONE FRAME ROOMS, BOILER ROOMS, ELECTRICAL CLOSETS,
ELECTRICAL SWITCHGEAR ROOMS, TRANSFORMER AREAS, AND MECHANICAL ROOMS. 
 

  

	*
	 
	SPRINKLER INSTALLATION IN ELEVATOR MACHINE AND SWITCHGEAR ROOMS, AND TRANSFORMER AREAS MUST CONSIST OF SPRINKLERS CONTROLLED BY A SUPERVISED SPRINKLER SUPPLY
VALVE OUTSIDE THE ROOM. SPRINKLER HEADS MUST BE OF THE ON/OFF TYPE. 
 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 70 of 79 

  

	*
	 
	SPRINKLERS: THE SYSTEM DESIGN MUST BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH GSA GUIDE SPECIFICATION 15310, “FIRE PROTECTION SPRINKLER SYSTEM.” 

  

	*
	 
	BUILDINGS FOUR OR MORE STORIES ABOVE GRADE REQUIRE STANDPIPES. ALL NEW PIPING MUST BE PERMANENTLY CONNECTED TO THE BUILDING WATER SUPPLY AND REMAIN PRESSURIZED.
IN NEW SPRINKLER INSTALLATIONS, THE SYSTEM MUST SUPPLY WATER TO BOTH AUTOMATIC SPRINKLERS AND THE INTERIOR STANDPIPE/HOSE CONNECTIONS. PROVIDE TWO 21⁄2 -INCH FIRE DEPARTMENT HOSE OUTLETS ON EACH RISER AT EACH FLOOR (ONE IN THE STAIRWELL AND ONE
IN THE HALL). THE CONTROL VALVE FOR THE HALL OUTLET MUST BE IN THE STAIRWELL. 
 

  

	*
	 
	IF REQUIRED DUE TO PRESSURE DEFICIENCIES, A FIRE PUMP MUST BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 20, CENTRIFUGAL FIRE PUMPS. THE PUMP MUST BE SIZED FOR or be
larger than THE SPRINKLER DEMAND ONLY. 
 

  

	*
	 
	All computer rooms shall be fed by a single feed with a separate OS&Y valve, waterflow switch, and tamper switch that will activate a supervisory signal on
the building fire alarm system when the valve is closed more than 10 percent. In the event of waterflow, the power to all electronic equipment shall be shut down. 
 

  
 93  ENGINEERED SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS 
  
 ENGINEERED SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS ARE
REQUIRED IN BUILDINGS WHICH ARE TO BE CONSTRUCTED TO MEET THE SOLICITATION REQUIREMENTS AND WILL BE 12 OR MORE STORIES IN HEIGHT. SUCH SYSTEMS SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS. WHILE SUCH SYSTEMS ARE NOT
REQUIRED IN EXISTING BUILDINGS TO BE LEASED BY THE GOVERNMENT, THEY SHALL BE MAINTAINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S RECOMMENDATIONS IF PRESENT. 
  
 94  MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 
  
 A MANUAL AND AUTOMATIC FIRE ALARM AND DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE
PROVIDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72A. MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATIONS, SMOKE DETECTORS, HEAT DETECTORS, WATER FLOW SWITCHES, TROUBLE ALARMS, TAMPER SWITCHES, AND AUDIOVISUAL FIRE ALARM DEVICES SHALL BE LOCATED AS REQUIRED. THE STATUS OF THESE DEVICES
SHALL BE INDICATED ON AN ANNUNCIATOR PANEL. IN ADDITION, THE ALARM-INITIATING AND ALARM-INDICATING CIRCUITS SHALL CONFORM WITH STYLE D AND STYLE Z CIRCUITS, RESPECTIVELY, IN NFPA 72A AND SHALL BE SURVIVABLE SUCH THAT THE LOSS OF ANY ONE RISER WILL
NOT PREVENT THE TRANSMISSION OF ANY ALARM-INDICATING OR ALARM-INITIATING DEVICE. THE SYSTEM WIRING SHALL BE CLASS A, SURVIVABLE AND SHALL COMPLY WITH SECTION 6 OF PBS P 5900.2C. AN ALARM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY SOUND THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING UNLESS
REQUIRED TO SOUND ONLY ON THE FIRE FLOOR BY LOCAL CODE. THE ALARM SOUND MAY BE BELLS, HORNS, OR RECORDED VOICE MESSAGES. THE FIRE ALARM CONTROL PANEL SHALL BE LOCATED IN THE FIRE CONTROL ROOM. THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM SHALL BE TIED INTO A CENTRAL
STATION WITH A GAMEWELL MASTER CITY BOX COMPLETE WITH A CODED SIGNAL TRANSMITTER AND A BLUE VAPORTIGHT LIGHTING FIXTURE ABOVE THE CITY BOX LOCATED ON THE EXTERIOR OF THE BUILDING. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 71 of 79 

  
 THE CITY BOX SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY TRIPPED BY A SIGNAL FROM THE INTERIOR FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OR MANUALLY
TRIPPED AT THE CITY BOX AND SHALL AUTOMATICALLY SEND AN ALARM TO THE LOCAL FIRE DEPARTMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 72B OR 72C OR TO A PRIVATELY OPERATED CENTRAL STATION PROTECTIVE SIGNALING SYSTEM CONFORMING TO NFPA 71. MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATIONS
SHALL BE MOUNTED 42 TO 54 INCHES ABOVE THE FLOOR AND LOCATED IN NORMAL EXIT PATHS ON EACH FLOOR AT OR NEAR STAIRWAYS AND EXITS. 
  
 A
MANUAL, ZONED, NONCODED FIRE ALARM STATION AND AUTOMATIC FIRE DETECTION SYSTEM SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE COMPUTER SPACES. SMOKE DETECTORS LOCATED IN THE COMPUTER SPACES SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE CEILING TILES AND SUSPENDED BELOW THE RAISED FLOOR.
DETECTOR INSTALLATION SHALL CONFORM TO NFPA 72E. LOCAL COMPUTER ROOM ANNUNCIATORS AND A MASTER CENTRALIZED ANNUNCIATOR SHALL BE USED. 
  
 THE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM WIRING AND EQUIPMENT MUST BE ELECTRICALLY SUPERVISED. EMERGENCY POWER MUST BE PROVIDED. IT MUST BE ABLE TO OPERATE THE SYSTEM IN THE SUPERVISORY MODE FOR 24 HOURS AND OPERATE ALL ALARM DEVICES AND SYSTEM OUTPUT
SIGNALS FOR AT LEAST 30 MINUTES FOR BUILDINGS LESS THAN 12 STORIES HIGH AND FOR 1 HOUR FOR BUILDINGS 12 OR MORE STORIES. ALL ALARM INITIATING DEVICES, EXCEPT SMOKE DETECTORS, MUST BE CAPABLE OF SIGNALING AN ALARM DURING A SINGLE BREAK OR A SINGLE
GROUND FAULT. 
  
 WHEN THE GOVERNMENT’S OCCUPANCY IS ON THE 6TH FLOOR OR ABOVE, ALL FLOORS, INCLUDING THOSE BELOW, SHALL HAVE AN EMERGENCY TELEPHONE SYSTEM. THIS SYSTEM MUST PERMIT 2-WAY COMMUNICATION BETWEEN A
CONTROL CONSOLE AND ANY EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATION. EMERGENCY TELEPHONE STATIONS MUST BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO EACH STAIRWAY AND EXIT DISCHARGE FROM THE BUILDING, AT EACH ELEVATOR LOBBY ON THE GROUND FLOOR, AND AT EACH FLOOR WHICH HAS BEEN
DESIGNATED AS THE ONE FOR ALTERNATE ELEVATOR RECALL. 
  
 95  EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING 
  
 EMERGENCY LIGHTING MUST PROVIDE AT LEAST 0.5 FOOT CANDLE OF ILLUMINATION THROUGHOUT THE EXIT PATH, INCLUDING EXIT ACCESS ROUTES, EXIT STAIRWAYS, OR OTHER ROUTES
SUCH AS PASSAGEWAYS TO THE OUTSIDE OF THE BUILDING. THE EMERGENCY LIGHTING SYSTEM USED MUST BE SUCH THAT IT WILL OPERATE EVEN IF THE PUBLIC UTILITY POWER FAILS, EXCEPT THAT IN BUILDINGS 6 STORIES OR LESS, THE SYSTEM MAY BE POWERED FROM CONNECTIONS
TO SEPARATE SUBSTATIONS OR TO A NETWORK SYSTEM FROM THE PUBLIC UTILITY. AUTOMATIC SWITCHING MUST BE PROVIDED FOR THE EMERGENCY POWER SUPPLY. 
  
 96  ALTERNATIVE FIRE-PROTECTION FEATURES 
  
 IF SPACE CANNOT MEET DETAILED SAFETY AND FIRE PREVENTION
REQUIREMENTS, ALTERNATIVE MEANS OF PROTECTION WILL BE CONSIDERED. FOR EXAMPLE, IF STAIRWAYS ARE TOO NARROW, AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER PROTECTION THROUGHOUT THE BUILDING MAY MAKE THE SPACE ACCEPTABLE. ALL OFFERORS MUST PROVIDE WITH THEIR OFFER A WRITTEN
ANALYSIS FROM A REGISTERED FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEER FULLY DESCRIBING ANY EXCEPTIONS TAKEN TO THE FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SOLICITATION. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 72 of 79 

  
 THIS ANALYSIS MUST INCLUDE CERTIFICATION BY THE ENGINEER THAT THE ALTERNATIVE PROTECTION WILL ACHIEVE A
LEVEL OF RISK NOT MEASURABLE GREATER THAN THAT IMPOSED BY THE GOVERNMENT CRITERIA. THE CERTIFICATION MUST ALSO INCLUDE THE ENGINEER’S SEAL AND REGISTRATION NUMBER. ALL ANALYSES MUST BE REVIEWED AND APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER PRIOR TO
LEASING THE SPACE. 
  
 97  FIRE DOORS 
  
 FIRE DOORS SHALL CONFORM WITH NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION STANDARD NO. 80. 
  
 98  SAFETY –
AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS 
  
 AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS (E.G., DUST, VAPOR, FUMES, GASES) SHALL NOT EXCEED THOSE IN 29 CFR 1910.1000 AND
1910.1001. WHEN ACTUAL CONCENTRATION LEVELS EQUAL OR EXCEED 50% OF THE LEVELS IN 29 CFR 1910, CONTROL ACTIONS SHALL BE INITIATED. VENTILATION SYSTEMS HAVING AIR STREAMS WHICH PASS THROUGH WATER SHALL HAVE THE WATER TREATED WITH AN EPA REGISTERED
BIOCIDE TO CONTROL ETIOLOGICAL ORGANISMS. THE LESSOR SHALL ASSIST THE GOVERNMENT IN DEVELOPING A PLAN ACCEPTABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF THE BUILDING DURING EMERGENCIES SUCH AS FIRES, BOMB THREATS, AND POWER LOSS. 

 
 ASBESTOS: 
 *********** 
 NO ASBESTOS-CONTAINING FIREPROOFING OR INSULATION ON BUILDING STRUCTURES, ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT, MOLDED OR WET-APPLIED CEILING OR WALL FINISHES, DECORATIONS, OR PIPE AND BOILER INSULATION (INCLUDING DUCT, TANK, ETC.) WILL BE
PERMITTED. 
  
 ASBESTOS IN A SOLID MATRIX ALREADY IN PLACE (E.G., VINYL ASBESTOS FLOOR TILE, SHEETROCK/DRYWALL, TRANSITE PANELLING OR FELLS)
WILL BE PERMITTED PROVIDED IT IS NOT DAMAGED OR DETERIORATED AND A SPECIAL OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 10 OF GSA’S HANDBOOK NUMBERED PBS P 5900.2B, IS ESTABLISHED AND APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER PRIOR
TO THE AWARD OF A LEASE. 
  
 ALL OFFERORS ARE SUBJECT TO THE ASBESTOS INSPECTION AND TESTING PROVISIONS SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 7 OF THE
ATTACHED GSA FORM 3517 (GENERAL CLAUSES). 
  
 POST-ASBESTOS-ABATEMENT AIR MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH GSA PROCEDURES, ARE TO
BE COMPLIED WITH BY THE LESSOR WHEN APPLICABLE. 
  
 99  SAFETY – AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS 
  
 AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS (E.G., DUST, VAPOR, FUMES, GASES) SHALL NOT EXCEED THOSE IN 29 CFR 1910.1000 AND 1910.1001. WHEN ACTUAL CONCENTRATION LEVELS EQUAL OR
EXCEED 50% OF THE LEVELS IN 29 CFR 1910, CONTROL ACTIONS SHALL BE INITIATED. VENTILATION SYSTEMS HAVING AIR STREAMS WHICH PASS THROUGH WATER SHALL HAVE THE WATER TREATED WITH AN EPA REGISTERED BIOCIDE TO CONTROL ETIOLOGICAL ORGANISMS. THE LESSOR
SHALL ASSIST THE GOVERNMENT IN DEVELOPING A PLAN ACCEPTABLE TO THE GOVERNMENT TO PROTECT OCCUPANTS OF THE BUILDING DURING EMERGENCIES SUCH AS FIRES, BOMB THREATS, AND POWER LOSS. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 73 of 79 

  
 FRIABLE ASBESTOS: 
 ******************** 
  
 NO FRIABLE ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIALS (E.G. FIREPROOFING, INSULATION ON BUILDING STRUCTURES,
ACOUSTICAL TREATMENT, MOLDED OR WET-APPLIED CEILING OR WALL FINISHES, DECORATIONS) ARE ACCEPTABLE. IF PRESENT, SUCH MATERIALS SHALL BE REMOVED, ENCAPSULATED OR ENCLOSED BY THE SUCCESSFUL OFFEROR PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY BY THE GOVERNMENT. THE METHOD OF
ABATEMENT USED BY THE OFFEROR MUST BE AGREED UPON BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER PRIOR TO THE AWARD OF A LEASE CONTRACT. 
  
 POST-ASBESTOS-ABATEMENT AIR MONITORING REQUIREMENTS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH GSA PROCEDURES, ARE TO BE COMPLIED WITH BY THE LESSOR WHEN APPLICABLE. 
  
 A SPECIAL OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 10 OF GSA’S HANDBOOK NUMBERED PBS P 5900.2B MUST BE ESTABLISHED AND APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER FOR ANY ABATEMENT ACTIONS OTHER THAN
REMOVAL. 
  
 NONFRIABLE ASBESTOS: 
 ************************

  
 SPACE CONTAINING NONFRIABLE ASBESTOS MATERIALS (E.G., PIPE AND BOILER INSULATION AND CEILING TILE) IS PERMITTED PROVIDED THE MATERIALS
ARE IN GOOD CONDITION AND ARE LOCATED IN AN AREA WHERE THEY ARE NOT LIKELY TO BE DISTURBED OR DAMAGED DURING THE LEASE TERM. A SPECIAL OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM, IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 10 REFERENCED ABOVE, MUST BE ESTABLISHED AND
APPROVED BY THE CONTRACTING OFFICER PRIOR TO THE AWARD OF A LEASE CONTRACT. 
  
 AN ACCEPTABLE ABATEMENT PLAN MUST ALSO BE AGREED UPON, PRIOR
TO THE LEASE AWARD, IN THE EVENT ABATEMENT OF THE MATERIALS BECOMES NECESSARY DURING THE LEASE TERM. 
  
 100  INSPECTION AND
TESTING 
  
 ALL OFFERORS ARE SUBJECT TO THE ASBESTOS INSPECTION AND TESTING PROVISIONS SPECIFIED IN PARAGRAPH 7 OF THE ATTACHED GSA FORM
3517 (GENERAL CLAUSES). 
  
 101  BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS 
  

FOR SPACE IN BUILDINGS CONTAINING ACM AS DEFINED IN PARAGRAPH 2 OF GSA FORM 3518, OFFERORS MUST INCLUDE WITH THEIR OFFER (UNLESS THE TIME FRAME IS OTHERWISE EXTENDED BY THE CONTRACTING
OFFICER) AN ASBESTOS TESTING REPORT, ACCEPTABLE TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER. THE ASBESTOS TESTING REPORT MUST CONSIST OF THE IDENTITY AND EVIDENCE OF THE QUALIFICATIONS (EDUCATION AND EXPERIENCE) OF THE PERSON COLLECTING BULK SAMPLES, THE SULK SAMPLE
LOG, AND, IF APPLICABLE, AN ABATEMENT PLAN PREPARED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 10 OF GSA’S HANDBOOK NUMBERED PBS P 5900.2B. THE SAMPLES MUST BE ANALYZED BY A LABORATORY WHICH HAS SUCCESSFULLY PARTICIPATED IN THE ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
(EPA) QUALITY ASSURANCE PROGRAM. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 74 of 79 

  
 SUCCESSFUL PARTICIPATION IS DEFINED AS PARTICIPATION IN AT LEAST TWO OR THE LAST THREE ROUNDS OF THE EPA
PROGRAM AND HAVE CORRECTLY ANALYZED AT LEAST 75 PERCENT OF THE SAMPLES TESTED IN THESE ROUNDS. ALL ACTION TAKEN TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH THIS REQUIREMENT SHALL BE ACCOMPLISHED AT NO EXPENSE TO THE GOVERNMENT. 
  
 102  OSHA REQUIREMENTS 
  
 THE LESSOR
AGREES TO COMPLY WITH OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (OSHA) SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARD WHICH ARE LOCATED AT TITLE 29 OF THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (29 CFR). 
  
 THE GUARDING OF OPENINGS AND HOLES IN FLOORS AND WALLS MUST COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1910.23. 
  
 THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF FIXED STAIRS MUST COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1910.24. 
  
 THE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF FIXED
LADDERS MUST COMPLY WITH 29 CFR 1910.27 OR MUST BE CLEARLY MARKED OR SECURED TO PREVENT GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEE USE. 
  
 PHYSICAL HAZARDS MUST
BE MARKED ACCORDING TO 29 CFR 1910.144. 
  
 WHERE GOVERNMENT EMPLOYEES ARE EXPOSED TO MACHINERY PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR, THE MACHINERY MUST
BE GUARDED ACCORDING TO 29 CFR 1910.212. 
  
 ALL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDED BY THE LESSOR FOR GOVERNMENT USE MUST COMPLY WITH THE
APPLICABLE STANDARDS OF 29 CFR 1910. 
  
 ANY CONSTRUCTION/REPAIR AND ALTERNATION WORK DONE FOR/BY THE LESSOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CURRENT
EDITION OF THE OSHA SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY, 29 CFR 1926 AND APPLICABLE PORTIONS OF 29 CFR 1910. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 75 of 79 

  
 SECTION: 9 
  
 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 
  
 103  SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS (As Amended 01/24/90) 
  
 A proposal is required for the design and construction of the special spaces as detailed in the “Minimum Quality Specifications Package” which has been
included as Attachment No. 01 to this lease. The proposal should address those aspects of the requirements that are above the minimum performance standards established in paragraphs 34 - 76 of SFO 89-047. 
  
 The annual rental rate specified in Paragraph 3, of the SF-2 of this lease includes all costs associated with the construction of the special requirements
included as Attachment I to this lease. The Government at its option reserves the right to pay for any special requirement(s) on a lump sum basis, and proportionally adjust the annual rental. 
  

In the event the Government elects to pay for any of the special requirements on a lump sum basis or elects to delete any of the special requirements, in their entirety, the cost data
provided on the Special Requirements Summary Sheet shall be used for the purpose of effecting necessary rental adjustments. 
  
 In the event
the Government elects to modify, within reason, a special requirement or requirements; the basis for adjustment shall be the negotiated price recorded on the cost breakdown sheets included as part of Exhibit I, to the lease. 
  
 104  EXTERIOR SIGNAGE (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 The Government reserves the right to contract for and subsequently install signage for the Government tenant on the building exterior or on land upon which the building is situated, subject to local codes and ordinances.

  
 Also See Exhibit VII, Amenities Statement, to this lease. 
  
 105  ALTERATIONS – GENERAL (As Amended 12/18/89) 
  
 The Government reserves
the right to contract for alterations to the space leased under the terms of this solicitation, independent of the lessor. The Government will afford the lessor an opportunity to review the scope of work associated with any proposed alterations to
ensure said work will not interfere with the lessor’s ability to service the leased premises according to the provisions contained within the body of this SFO and to ensure that the proposed alterations project is not in conflict with code
requirements. The Government or its contractors shall obtain all necessary permits and related items for the alterations work that is not contracted through the lessor. 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 76 of 79 

  
 INDEX: 
  
 
	 Section
 
	 	 Paragraph
 Title
 
	    	 Paragraph
 Number
 
	  	 Page
 Number
 

	 
	 1    SUMMARY OF SOLICITATION
 	    	  	  	 2
 
	 
	  	 	 AMOUNT AND TYPE OF SPACE
 	    	 1
 	  	 2
 
	  	 	 AREA OF CONSIDERATION
 	    	 2
 	  	 3
 
	  	 	 AWARD
 	    	 12
 	  	 11
 
	  	 	 FIRE PROTECTION, OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH, & ENVIRONMENTAL SAFETY
 	    	 14
 	  	 12
 
	  	 	 HISTORIC PREFERENCE
 GSAR 552.270.4 (JUNE 1985)
 	    	 11
 	  	 10
 
	  	 	 HOW TO OFFER
 	    	 8
 	  	 8
 
	  	 	 LEASE TERM
 	    	 5
 	  	 5
 
	  	 	 LOCATION: CITY CENTER
 	    	 3
 	  	 3
 
	  	 	 NEGOTIATIONS
 	    	 9
 	  	 9
 
	  	 	 OCCUPANCY DATE
 	    	 7
 	  	 7
 
	  	 	 OFFER DUE DATES
 	    	 6
 	  	 6
 
	  	 	 ORGANIZATION OF SOLICITATION
 	    	 13
 	  	 12
 
	  	 	 PRICE EVALUATION (PRESENT VALUE)
 	    	 10
 	  	 9
 
	  	 	 TYPES OF OFFERS
 	    	 4
 	  	 4
 
	 
	 2    AWARD FACTORS
 	    	  	  	 13
 
	 
	  	 	 GENERAL
 	    	 15
 	  	 13
 
	  	 	 HANDICAPPED
 	    	 16
 	  	 13
 
	  	 	 HANDICAPPED AND SEISMIC SAFETY
 	    	 17
 	  	 14
 
	  	 	 OTHER FACTORS
 	    	 18
 	  	 15
 
	 
	 3    MISCELLANEOUS
 	    	  	  	 18
 
	 
	  	 	 ADJUSTMENT FOR VACANT PREMISES GSAR 522.270.25
 	    	 28
 	  	 23
 
	  	 	 ALTERATIONS COSTING $25,000 OR LESS
 	    	 20
 	  	 19
 
	  	 	 ALTERNATE PROPOSALS
 	    	 21
 	  	 19
 
	  	 	 APPURTENANT AREAS
 	    	 25
 	  	 23
 
	  	 	 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
 	    	 31
 	  	 25
 
	  	 	 CONSTRUCTION INSPECTIONS
 	    	 33
 	  	 26
 
	  	 	 EVIDENCE OF CAPABILITY TO PERFORM
 	    	 30
 	  	 24
 
	  	 	 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
 GSAR 552.270.22 (JUNE 1985)
 	    	 26
 	  	 23
 
	  	 	 NET USABLE SPACE
 	    	 24
 	  	 22
 
	  	 	 OPERATING COSTS
 GSAR 552.270.23 (JUNE 1985)
 	    	 23
 	  	 21
 
	  	 	 PROGRESS REPORTS
 	    	 32
 	  	 25
 
	  	 	 RELOCATION ASSISTANCE ACT
 	    	 29
 	  	 24
 
	  	 	 TAX ADJUSTMENT
 GSAR 552.270.24 (JUNE 1985)
 	    	 22
 	  	 20
 
	  	 	 UNIT COSTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS
 	    	 19
 	  	 18
 
	  	 	 VENDING FACILITIES
 	    	 27
 	  	 23
 

 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 77 of 79 

 
	 Section
 
	 	 Paragraph
 Title
 
	  	 Paragraph
 Number
 
	  	 Page
 Number
 

	 
	 4    GENERAL ARCHITECTURAL
 	  	  	  	 27
 
	 
	  	 	 BUILDING SYSTEMS CERTIFICATION
 	  	 36
 	  	 27
 
	  	 	 EXITS AND ACCESS
 	  	 40
 	  	 29
 
	  	 	 FLOOR PLANS AFTER OCCUPANCY
 	  	 38
 	  	 28
 
	  	 	 FLOORS AND FLOOR LOADS
 	  	 39
 	  	 28
 
	  	 	 HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY
 	  	 43
 	  	 30
 
	  	 	 LANDSCAPING
 	  	 44
 	  	 32
 
	  	 	 QUALITY & APPEARANCE BLDG. EXTERIOR
 	  	 34
 	  	 27
 
	  	 	 SPACE EFFICIENCY & GOOD UTILIZATION
 	  	 37
 	  	 27
 
	  	 	 WINDOWS
 	  	 41
 	  	 30
 
	  	 	 WINDOWS: ANTIINTRUSION
 	  	 42
 	  	 30
 
	  	 	 WORK PERFORMANCE
 	  	 35
 	  	 27
 
	 
	 5    ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES
 	  	  	  	 33
 
	 
	  	 	 ACOUSTICAL REQUIREMENTS
 	  	 58
 	  	 49
 
	  	 	 BUILDING DIRECTORY
 	  	 60
 	  	 51
 
	  	 	 CEILINGS & INTERIOR FINISHES
 	  	 46
 	  	 40
 
	  	 	 DOORS
 	  	 49
 	  	 42
 
	  	 	 DOORS: HARDWARE
 	  	 52
 	  	 44
 
	  	 	 DOORS: IDENTIFICATION
 	  	 53
 	  	 45
 
	  	 	 DOORS: INTERIOR
 	  	 50
 	  	 43
 
	  	 	 DOORS: MANEUVERING CLEARANCES
 	  	 51
 	  	 44
 
	  	 	 FLAGPOLE
 	  	 61
 	  	 51
 
	  	 	 FLOOR COVERING & PERIMETERS
 	  	 57
 	  	 46
 
	  	 	 LAYOUT & FINISHES
 	  	 45
 	  	 33
 
	  	 	 PAINTING
 	  	 48
 	  	 42
 
	  	 	 WALLS & PARTITIONS: GENERAL
 	  	 55
 	  	 45
 
	  	 	 PARTITIONS: PERMANENT
 	  	 55
 	  	 45
 
	  	 	 PARTITIONS: SUBDIVIDING
 	  	 56
 	  	 46
 
	  	 	 WALLCOVERINGS
 	  	 47
 	  	 41
 
	  	 	 WINDOW COVERING
 	  	 59
 	  	 50
 
	 
	 6    MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL, PLUMBING
 	  	  	  	 52
 
	 
	  	 	 ADDITIONAL ELECTRICAL CONTROLS
 	  	 76
 	  	 62
 
	  	 	 DRINKING FOUNTAINS
 	  	 63
 	  	 55
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION
 	  	 70A
 	  	 59
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION (ALTERNATE)
 	  	 70B
 	  	 59
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: DISTRIBUTION W/O ACCESS
 	  	 71
 	  	 60
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: ADDITIONAL DISTRIBUTION
 	  	 72
 	  	 60
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: GENERAL
 	  	 69
 	  	 58
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: GROUNDING
 	  	 69E
 	  	 59
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: LIGHTNING PROTECTION
 	  	 69F
 	  	 59
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: PRIMARY DISTRIBUTION
 	  	 69A
 	  	 58
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: SECONDARY DISTRIBUTION
 	  	 69C
 	  	 58
 

 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 78 of 79 

 
	 Section
 
	 	 Paragraph
 Title
 
	  	 Paragraph
 Number
 
	  	 Page
 Number
 

	 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: STANDBY POWER SUPPLY
 	  	 69D
 	  	 58
 
	  	 	 ELECTRICAL: SYSTEM CAPACITY
 	  	 69B
 	  	 58
 
	  	 	 ELEVATORS
 	  	 77
 	  	 62
 
	  	 	 ELEVATOR-FREIGHT
 	  	 77A
 	  	 63
 
	  	 	 GENERAL
 	  	 62
 	  	 52
 
	  	 	 HEATING & AIR CONDITIONING
 	  	 67
 	  	 55
 
	  	 	 JANITOR CLOSETS
 	  	 66
 	  	 55
 
	  	 	 LIGHTING: INTERIOR
 	  	 74
 	  	 61
 
	  	 	 RESTROOMS
 	  	 64
 	  	 52
 
	  	 	 RESTROOMS: FIXTURE SCHEDULE
 	  	 65
 	  	 55
 
	  	 	 SWITCHES
 	  	 75
 	  	 61
 
	  	 	 TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT
 	  	 73
 	  	 61
 
	  	 	 VENTILATION
 	  	 68
 	  	 57
 
	 
	 7    SERVICES, UTILITIES, MAINTENANCE
 	  	  	  	 64
 
	 
	  	 	 BUILDING OPERATING PLAN
 	  	 87
 	  	 69
 
	  	 	 FLAG DISPLAY
 	  	 83
 	  	 66
 
	  	 	 GENERAL
 	  	 78
 	  	 64
 
	  	 	 JANITORIAL SERVICES
 	  	 85
 	  	 66
 
	  	 	 LANDSCAPE MAINTENANCE
 	  	 88
 	  	 69
 
	  	 	 MAINTENANCE & TESTING OF SYSTEMS
 	  	 82
 	  	 65
 
	  	 	 NORMAL HOURS
 	  	 79
 	  	 64
 
	  	 	 OVERTIME USAGE
 	  	 80
 	  	 64
 
	  	 	 SCHEDULE OF PERIODIC SERVICES
 	  	 86
 	  	 69
 
	  	 	 SECURITY
 	  	 84
 	  	 66
 
	  	 	 UTILITIES
 	  	 81
 	  	 65
 
	 
	 8    SAFETY AND FIRE PREVENTION
 	  	  	  	 70
 
	 
	  	 	 ALTERNATIVE FIRE-PROTECTION FEATURES
 	  	 96
 	  	 72
 
	  	 	 BULK SAMPLE ANALYSIS REQUIREMENTS
 	  	 101
 	  	 74
 
	  	 	 CODE VIOLATIONS
 	  	 89
 	  	 70
 
	  	 	 ENGINEERED SMOKE CONTROL SYSTEMS
 	  	 93
 	  	 71
 
	  	 	 EXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTING
 	  	 95
 	  	 72
 
	  	 	 FIRE DOORS
 	  	 97
 	  	 73
 
	  	 	 INSPECTION AND TESTING
 	  	 100
 	  	 74
 
	  	 	 MANUAL FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS
 	  	 94
 	  	 71
 
	  	 	 OSHA REQUIREMENTS
 	  	 102
 	  	 75
 
	  	 	 PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
 	  	 90
 	  	 70
 
	  	 	 SAFETY – AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS
 	  	 98
 	  	 73
 
	  	 	 SAFETY – AIR CONTAMINANT LEVELS
 	  	 99
 	  	 73
 
	  	 	 SPRINKLER SYSTEM
 	  	 92
 	  	 70
 
	  	 	 STANDPIPES
 	  	 91
 	  	 70
 
	 
	 9    SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
 	  	  	  	 52
 
	 
	  	 	 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS
 	  	 103
 	  	 76
 
	  	 	 EXTERIOR SIGNAGE
 	  	 104
 	  	 76
 
	  	 	 ALTERATIONS – GENERAL
 	  	 105
 	  	 76
 

 

 
 INITIALS: ILLEGIBLE  &  ILLEGIBLE       

INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                                 Lessor      
           Government 
 
January 20,
1990                                        
                                SFO-89-047       
                                        
                          Page 79 of 79 

  
 LEASE AGREEMENT 
 By and Between 
 SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED PARTNERSHIP 
 and

 NASA 
  
 Two Independence Square

 300 E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 
  
 
 
 TAB: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 1 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated September 30, 1991 

  

	 	2.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 2 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated January 21, 1993 

  

	 	3.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 3 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated January 21, 1993 

  

	 	4.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 4 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated February 25, 1994 

  

	 	5.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 5 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated March 15, 1994 

  

	 	6.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 5 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated December 2, 1994 

  

	 	7.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 6 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated December 2, 1994 

  

	 	8.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 7 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America 
 

 

	 	9.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 8 — missing 
 

  

	 	10.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 9 by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership and the United States of America dated March 27, 1996 

  

	 	11.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 10 — missing 
 

  

	 	12.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 11 dated July 19, 1996 
 

  

	 	13.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 12 dated July 19, 1996 
 

  

	 	14.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 12 dated November 1, 1996 (REVISED) 
 

  

	 	15.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 13 dated September 25, 1996 
 

  

	 	16.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 14 dated February 10, 1997 
 

  

	 	17.
	 
	Letter from Robert Roop, GSA, to School Street Assocs. regarding the request for a novation agreement dated June 16, 1997 
 

 

	 	18.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 15 dated May 23, 1997 
 

  

	 	19.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 16 dated September 4, 1997 
 

  

	 	20.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 17 dated April 22, 1998 
 

  

	 	21.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 18 dated March 11, 1999 
 

  

	 	22.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 19 dated May 6, 1999 
 

  

	 	23.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 20 Amended dated July 20, 1999 
 

  

	 	24.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 21 dated September 3, 1999 
 

  

	 	25.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 22 dated August 2, 2000 
 

  

	 	26.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 23 dated August 23, 2000 
 

  

	 	27.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 24 dated April 4, 2000 
 

  

	 	28.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 25 dated September 3, 1999 
 

  

	 	29.
	 
	Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 26 dated January 11, 2002 
 

  

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 1
 	 	 DATE
 September 30, 1991
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 300
E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Limited
Partnership 
  
 whose address is 
 500 E Street, SW Suite 850 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations
hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective September 25, 1991, as follows: 
  
 Paragraph 45 of
Solicitation for Offers 89-047, attached and made a part of this lease No. GS-11B-00111 is hereby deleted, in its entirety and replaced with the following language identified as SLA No. 1 to Lease GS-11B-00111, pages 1-9. 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 All other terms and conditions of the
lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 

 
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Edward H. Linde
 
	 	  	 	 President
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 Joann B. Poindexter
 
	 	  	 	 8 Arlington Street
 Boston, MA
02116
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Robert G. Roop
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 SECTION: 5 
 ARCHITECTURAL FINISHES 
  
 LAYOUT AND FINISHES 
  

WITHIN 30 DAYS FOLLOWING AWARD OF THE LEASE, THE OFFEROR MUST SUBMIT TO THE CONTRACTING OFFICER ALL REQUIRED FINISHED SAMPLES. 
  
 I.    Preface 
  
 The time periods within the body of this paragraph are specified in working days. Unless otherwise noted, all references within this document to square footage shall mean net usable square feet as defined within the body of
Solicitation for Offers (SFO) 89-047, Paragraph 24. The time frames, specified within the body of this Paragraph 45, for either the Government or the lessor may be accelerated at the option of the lessor should the time frame pertain to performance
of obligations by the lessor and the Government, should the time frame pertain to performance of obligations by the Government. 
  
 Prior to notification of award, the proposed successful offeror shall, if requested, provide additional information, drawings, specifications and Architectural/Engineering (A/E) technical consultation as required to support the
Government’s design intent effort. 
  
 Should an offeror be notified by the Contracting Officer of the
Government’s intent to award the lease and proceed according to the immediately preceding paragraph and fail to receive the actual award, the Government shall reimburse the offeror for fair and reasonable costs associated with such work.

  
 Due to the potential for significant design revision by the lessor and loss of usable square footage during
refinement of the base building design development specifications and drawings, the Government will be excused from its obligations under this paragraph to redesign the leased premises. 
  
 No claim of a party for delay shall lie unless the party asserting the delay has met the following conditions 
  

	 	1.
	 
	The party has notified the other party in writing of the impending delay and 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	The other party has not corrected the problem causing the delay within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of the notice of delay. 

  
 The Government shall accept the locations identified by the lessor for the computer room, S.R. 6.1, and the
Auditorium S.R. 4.6, if the locations do not conflict with/or hinder the program requirements of the tenant agency. 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 1 of 9 

  
 II.    Base Building Blocking

  
 The General Services Administration (GSA) will provide blocking diagrams to the lessor with an exact location for
the following special requirements, within thirty five (35) days after lease execution by the Government: 
  
 
	 Special Use Area
 
	    	 S.R. No.
 

	 Shipping & Receiving
 	    	 1.1
 
	 Libraries
 	    	 2.1
 
	 Child Care Center
 	    	 3.1
 
	 Mail Room
 	    	 5.1
 

 
  
 III.    Design Intent
Drawings 
  
 The Government shall prepare design intent drawings in increments of approximately sixty thousand
(60,000) square feet. The Government reserves the right to modify the size of each phase to proximate the size of a typical floor in the building. 
  
 Phase One 
 Phase one shall be subdivided into two phases of approximately 30,000 square feet each.
These phases for the purpose of this document shall be known as Phase “1A”, and Phase “1B”. 
  
 Phase 1A 
 Within fifteen (15) days after award the Government shall deliver blocking diagrams to the lessor establishing, as a
minimum, the locations of the following special use areas: 
  
 
	 Special Use Area
 
	  	 S.R. No.
 

	 Computer Center
 	  	 6.1
 
	 Program Support Communications Gateway
 	  	 6.4
 
	 Communications Center
 	  	 6.5
 
	 Cable Headend
 	  	 6.10
 
	 UPS Room
 	  	 6.16
 

 
  
 GSA will not provide to the Lessor design intent drawings for the
tenant improvements to be made to the leased premises for Phase 1A. The lessor shall be responsible for the A/E design of these special use areas. 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
              Page 2 of 9 

  
 The Government shall provide the necessary program support and assistance for the
lessor to accomplish this task. The lessor shall conduct meetings with Government personnel to develop and refine the tenant work for the spaces in question. 
  
 The lessor shall prepare the necessary documents and plans for the Government to conduct a formal review of the design effort at 50 percent and 75 percent completion. The lessor shall notify GSA at
least ten (10) days prior to the anticipated date for Government review. The Government shall complete its final review within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the Government of the necessary documents and plans. Should revisions to the working
drawings be necessary, the lessor shall have ten (10) days to correct all errors and omissions and deliver said revisions to the Government. 
  
 Phase 1B 
 Within one hundred (100) days after award the Government shall deliver design intent
drawings to the lessor for the remaining block of “Phase One” which shall consist of approximately thirty thousand (30,000) square feet. 
  
 Successive Phases 
 GSA shall deliver to the Lessor design intent drawings for the tenant improvements to be made to the leased premises for each
successive phase as detailed below: 
  
 
	 Phase No.
 
	 	 Design
 Intent to Lessor
 
	  	 Phase No.
 
	 	 Design
 Intent to Lessor
 

	 1A
 	 	 N/A
 	  	 5
 	 	 01/01/92
 
	 1B
 	 	 N/A
 	  	 6
 	 	 04/01/92
 
	 2
 	 	 N/A
 	  	 7
 	 	 07/01/92
 
	 3
 	 	 N/A
 	  	 8
 	 	 10/01/92
 
	 4
 	 	 10/04/91
 	  	  	 	  

 
  
 Should the base building drawings prove inaccurate, as determined by GSA, the period for
completion of Design Intent will be extended to provide for redesign. The design intent drawings shall be prepared pursuant to Paragraph 45a of SFO No. 89-047. 
  
 IV.    Working Drawings 
  
 Phase 1A 
 The Lessor has prepared and delivered, at the Lessor’s own expense, final working
plans and complete construction drawings for both building standard and above standard tenant improvements for Phase “1A”. 
  
 Phase 1B 
 The Lessor has prepared and delivered, at the Lessor’s own expense, final working plans and complete
construction drawings for both building standard and above standard tenant improvements for Phase “1B”. 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 3 of 9 

  
 Successive Phases 
  
 The Lessor shall prepare and deliver, at the Lessor’s own expense, final working plans and complete construction drawings for both building standard and above standard
tenant improvements as detailed below: 
  
 
	 Phase No.
 
	 	 Construction
 Drawings (CDs)
 To GSA
 
	 	 Phase No.
 
	 	 Construction
 Drawings (CDs)
 To GSA
 

	 1A
 	 	 N/A
 	 	 5
 	 	 01/15/92
 
	 1B
 	 	 N/A
 	 	 6
 	 	 05/01/92
 
	 2
 	 	 10/04/91
 	 	 7
 	 	 07/15/92
 
	 3
 	 	 10/04/91
 	 	 8
 	 	 10/15/92
 
	 4
 	 	 10/15/91
 	 	  	 	  

 
  
 The foregoing schedule for the delivery of CDs assumes timely
delivery of design intent drawings by GSA to the Lessor, as provided in Subparagraph III above. Failure by GSA to meet its schedule may constitute “slippage” as defined in Subparagraph VIII below. 
  
 The lessor shall also submit pricing data for each phase for any items included in the proposed tenant improvements which are above the
minimum requirements and performance specifications of this SFO within fifteen (15) days of the Government’s approval of working drawings pursuant to Subparagraph 45(IV). In the event that the anticipated cost of the items are in excess of one
hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the lessor shall submit pricing data consistent with Paragraph 18c of The General Clauses (GSA Form 3517). 
  
 V.    Government Approval 
  
 For each and every phase the
Government shall have fifteen (15) days, after the receipt of complete working drawings and specifications, review the drawings and the supporting documentation and either: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Approve the working drawings and specifications and issue a notice to the lessor to proceed with all work pursuant to the aforementioned; or 

  

	 	2.
	 
	Provide the Lessor with written comments setting forth defects and omissions to the plans, working drawings and specifications with the understanding that the
referenced modifications reflect errors and omissions due to misinterpretation of design intent drawings or other Government input. 
 

  

	 	   
	 
	Within ten (10) days after receipt of the written comments, the Lessor shall submit the revised plans, working drawings and specifications incorporating the
revisions and/or corrections made by the Government to GSA for reconsideration pursuant to the provisions contained within this Paragraph 45, Subparagraph “V” section 2. 
 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ILLEGIBLE      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 4 of 9 

 If the revised working drawings and specifications submitted by the lessor to GSA are acceptable, GSA shall approve the
working drawings and specifications within ten (10) days of receipt of the aforementioned from the lessor. 
  
 In the
event that the lessor fails to submit the required revisions to GSA within the ten (10) day period or if such revisions significantly deviate from the written comments provided by GSA, the rent commencement date shall be postponed one day for each
and every day such failure continues. 
  
 Should the revisions, made by GSA include modifications to the working
drawings and specifications for purposes other than correction of errors, omissions or misinterpretation, the Government shall be responsible for any reasonable delay and the date for rent start shall not be affected. 
  
 The Government shall not be liable for any costs due to changes or revisions in the requirements of this project which would increase the
scope of this contract as originally negotiated and agreed to unless such changes or revisions are authorized and approved by the Contracting Officer in writing. Any request for changes or revisions received by the Contractor shall, therefore, be
referred to the Contracting Officer for his approval. 
  
 VI.    Construction Schedule 

 
 Actual construction of the tenant improvements to be made to the leased premises for Phase One shall commence no later than
September 1, 1991. 
  
 Upon the earlier of either: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Issuance of a written notice, by GSA, authorizing the lessor to proceed with building standard and above standard improvements presuming the base building is
completed to a stage where tenant improvements can commence or, 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	September 1, 1991 and issuance of a written notice, by GSA, authorizing the lessor to proceed with building standard and above standard improvements,

 

  
 The lessor shall complete each phase in accordance with the following schedule: 

 
 
	 Phase No.
 
	 	 Construction
 Complete
 
	 	 Phase No.
 
	 	 Construction
 Complete
 

	 1A
 	 	 06/15/92
 	 	 5
 	 	 07/15/92
 
	 1B
 	 	 06/15/92
 	 	 6
 	 	 12/01/92
 
	 2
 	 	 06/15/92
 	 	 7
 	 	 01/05/93
 
	 3
 	 	 06/15/92
 	 	 8
 	 	 04/05/93
 
	 4
 	 	 06/15/92
 	 	  	 	  

 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 5 of 9 

  
 The lessor shall not be obligated to commence tenant buildout unless the
Government has approved the working drawings and issued written notice to the lessor to proceed with building standard and above standard work. 
  
 The Government reserves the right to access any space within the building for the purpose of installing equipment including but not limited to Telephone and Data/Communications cabling. GSA shall
coordinate, within reason, the activity of Government contractors in order to minimize conflicts with/disruption to other contractors on site. 
  
 Access shall not be denied to authorized Government officials including, but not limited to, Government contractors, subcontractors or consultants acting on the behalf of the General Services
Administration with respect to this specific project. 
  
 By way of example and not in limitation of the foregoing,
Government contractors or subcontractors shall coordinate with the lessor and its general contractor the use of elevators and the availability of electricity, access to such phase or portion and sequencing of the work to be performed by the
Government. 
  
 The lessor shall not be liable or responsible for and shall have no obligation to provide heating,
air conditioning or other building services to the Government in connection to access with its early access to each phase (or portion thereof) unless the Government agrees to compensate the lessor therefor. 
  
 If an extended completion schedule is proposed due to the complexity of any given phase or the availability of materials necessary to meet
the requirements specified by the Government, the Lessor shall provide to GSA a written request explaining the rationale for the extension and any additional documentation supporting the need for additional time to complete the tenant improvements.

  
 The dates specified earlier in this subparagraph for the completion of tenant improvements shall not be extended
unless the extension of the completion schedule is approved by the GSA, in writing. It will be the Government’s sole determination as to whether said extension shall delay rent commencement, or whether rent will commence as if the extension had
not been granted. 
  
 VII.    Acceptance of Space 
  

The Government shall accept and occupy the space on a phase-by-phase basis. The Government shall pay pro-rata rent for space as soon as the space is accepted as
substantially complete by the Government and subject to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy by the District of Columbia. 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 6 of 9 

  
 If the space is inspected and determined substantially complete by the Government
prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy, the Government may access the space for the purpose of installing systems furniture and other Government owned equipment. 
  
 Any and all damage caused by the installation of equipment by the Government shall be dealt with in accordance with Clause 16 of GSA Form 3517, General Clauses and shall
not impact the payment of rent after acceptance and issuance of a certificate of occupancy for a given phase. Following the acceptance by the Government of all phases, a Supplemental Lease Agreement will be issued to establish a composite lease
commencement date and fix the twenty (20) year term. 
  
 This composite lease commencement date will also become the
anniversary date for the purpose of tax and operating cost escalations. The composite lease commencement date shall be the weighted mean of the acceptance dates for the various phases. 
  
 The Lessor shall notify the Government in writing at least five (5) days before the space will be complete and ready for inspection. The Government shall then have until
the ninth (9th) day following said notification to inspect the space for acceptance. 
  
 The entire phase must be
substantially complete in order for the Government to accept the space, except for minor “punch list” items. The punch list items, identified by the Government, shall be completed by the lessor within thirty (30) days following acceptance
of phase in question. The Government reserves the right to occupy each phase upon acceptance and receipt of a certificate of occupancy. 
  
 The phrase “substantially complete” shall mean the tenant improvements, the common and other areas of the Building, and all other things necessary for the Government’s access to the Premises and occupancy,
possession, use and enjoyment thereof, as provided in this lease, have been completed or obtained, excepting only such minor matters as do no interfere with or materially diminish such access, occupancy, possession, use or enjoyment. 

 
 VIII.    Slippage 
  
 The Government anticipates that each phase will be completed by the date specified in this paragraph. Failure to complete a phase within the required time frame will constitute slippage. 

 
 The Lessor is required to report immediately, in writing, to the Contracting Officer when slippage in the schedule is evident.
A revised schedule shall be submitted for approval within five (5) working days of agreement between the Lessor and the Contracting Officer. 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 7 of 9 

  
 To the extent that the lessor is late in meeting any of the time obligations
referenced herein, the commencement of rent shall be proportionally postponed by the period of delay. 
  
 In the
event the Government is late in meeting any of its time obligations as referenced herein, the commencement of rent shall occur as if the Government had met its obligations in a timely manner. 
 * * * * * * * * 
  
 a.    Design
Intent Drawings 
  
 The Government prepares design intent drawings that include basic architectural wall layout and
finishes, telephone and electrical outlet locations, furniture layouts and related information. 
  
 Any Modifications
and commensurate costs associated with any modifications to the Government’s design intent drawings required due to errors and/or omissions in the lessor’s construction/working drawings, differing site conditions, failure to meet code
requirements or field changes to meet performance requirements shall be the responsibility of the lessor. 
  
 b.    Base Building Drawings 
  
 Within five (5) working days of GSA’s
Contracting Officer’s technical representative’s request, the Lessor is required to submit two (2) complete blueline sets of the most current base building drawings (with written notice of percent of design completion) to serve as the
basis for the Government’s design intent effort. 
  
 Each set of drawings shall include all professional
disciplines (architectural, structural, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing). The lessor shall provide the following drawings prior to start of construction of each phase: 
  

	 	1.
	 
	Construction/working drawings for each phase, consisting of 12 sets of blue lines and one set of reproducible sepias. Each set will include at a minimum: a
legend noting detail sheets, architectural, electrical, mechanical, plumbing, structural, and reflective ceiling plans. 
 

  

	 	2.
	 
	In addition with each submission (phase), the lessor must submit one set of sepias for each discipline showing quantity takeoff deviations from the SFO/above
standard alterations under the lease along with summation sheets for quantity takeoffs identifying deviation amounts from the above standard alterations. Structural elevation sheets may be required to show alterations for increased floor loading.

 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 8 of 9 

 c.    Relation or Design Accept Drawings to Construction Wings 

 
 Design development after award will not only be in accordance with the specific solicitation requirements, but also a direct
extension of the submitted design concept. The further design development shall retain the functional and basic physical characteristics of that concept. 
  
 The Contracting Officer shall reserve the right to reject any aspect of subsequent design development which varies from the concept and which would adversely affect the Government’s use and
occupancy of the space in the building as set forth or implied in the body of this solicitation. 
  
 The Offeror may
propose for the Contracting Officer’s acceptance, or the Contracting Officer may propose for the Offeror’s acceptance, evolutionary adaptations or changes to the concept. Neither party will unreasonably withhold such acceptance of
demonstrably beneficial design adaptations of the concept which would not measurably increase the cost of construction, operation or maintenance of the facility. 
  
 d.    Phases for Interior Design and Construction 
  
 The Government intends to complete Design Intent Drawings in increments of approximately sixty thousand (60,000) net usable square feet. Therefore, the Government
anticipates completion of the tenant buildout and complete occupancy in approximately eight (8) phases. 

 
 INITIALS:  ILLEGIBLE   &   ROOP      

 INDEPENDENCE SQUARE
                                        
                                        
                               Lessor        
          Government 
 
September 30,
1991                                        
            SLA No. 1 to Lease
GS-11B-00111                                      
                Page 9 of 9 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 2
 	 	 DATE
 1/21/93
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 Two
Independence Square
 300 E Street SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Limited
Partnership 
  
 whose address is 
 c/o Boston Properties 
 500 E Street SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,
hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective as follows: 

 
 This Supplemental Lease Agreement (SLA) number one (1) will serve as official notice of the substantial completion dates for the above referenced
building: 
  
 
	 Phase 1A)
 	 	 May 15, 1992
 	 	  	 	  
	 Phase 1B)
 	 	 May 15, 1992
 	 	  	 	  
	 Phase 2)
 	 	 May 12, 1992
 	 	  	 	  
	 Phase 3)
 	 	 May 12, 1991
 	 	  	 	  
	 Phase 4)
 	 	 May 12, 1992
 	 	  	 	  
	 Phase 5)
 	 	 June 4, 1992
 	 	  	 	  
	 Phase 6)
 	 	 September 1, 1992
 	 	  	 	  
	 Phase 7)
 	 	 November 15, 1992
 	 	  	 	  

 
  
 Rent for phases 1A, 1B, 2, 3, and 4 has already commenced and is being paid. Phases 5, 6,
7 are not subject to interest under the prompt payment act due to GSA disagreement over rent start dates. 
  
 All other terms and conditions
of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date.

  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Edward H. Linde
 
	 	  	 	 General Partner
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF (witnessed by:)
 
	 
	  	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Gerald H. Brown
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer GSA, NCR, RED, OPR
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 
 13 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 3
 	 	 DATE
 1/21/93
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 Two
Independence Square
 300 E Street SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Limited
Partnership 
  
 whose address is 
 C/O Boston Properties 
 500 E Street SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,
hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective as follows: 

 
 This Supplemental Lease Agreement (SLA) number three (3) will serve as official notice that phase eight has been substantially completed as of
December 28, 1992. 
  
 This SLA also establishes the lease commencement date for the entire building as of July 20, 1992. 

 
 The operating base for escalation purposes is hereby established as July 20, 1992. 
  
 Rent for this last block of space is not subject to interest under the prompt payment act due to Lessor/Government not mutually agreeing upon acceptance dates. 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Edward H. Linde
 
	 	  	 	 General Partner
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF (witnessed by:)
 
	 
	  	 	 Kathryn R. Stevenson
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Gerald H. Brown
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer GSA, NCR, RED, OPR
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 
 14 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 4
 	 	 DATE
 2/25/94
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111 “Neg”
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 Two
Independence Square
 300 E Street SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Limited
Partnership 
  
 whose address is 
 C/O Boston Properties 
 500 E Street SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA,
hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective as follows: 

 
 Lessor hereby grants the Government the right to install and imposes the obligation to maintain and repair a microwave antenna
on the roof of the building known as Two Independence Square, 300 E Street, SW, Washington, DC. The location of the antenna is shown on Exhibit A hereto. In consideration for the granting of the right to locate the antenna on the roof, GSA shall pay
the Lessor one dollar ($1) per year in arrears commencing July 20, 1992. The antenna payment shall be due at the same time the monthly rent is due under the base Lease. The obligation to maintain and repair the antenna on the roof shall terminate at
the expiration of the term of the base Lease. 
  
 The Government may access the rooftop area for maintenance or
inspection of the antenna after notice to and when accompanied by a representative of the Lessor. The Government shall be responsible, in accordance with the federal Tort Claims Act, or any and all damages, costs, liability, losses or expenses
suffered by it or by the Lessor as a result of the granting of this right, the installation, maintenance or inspection of the antenna or any access by Government personnel, agents or contractors to the roof of the building. 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Edward H. Linde
 
	 	  	 	 General Partner
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF (witnessed by:)
 
	 
	  	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Gerald H. Brown
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer GSA, NCR, RED, OPR
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 
 15 

 “Floor plan appears here” 

  
 “Floor plan appears here” 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 5
 	 	 DATE
 May 15, 1994
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111 “Neg”
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 300
E Street, SW
 Washington DC, 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 
  
 Southwest Market Limited Partnership 
 c/o Boston Properties, Inc. 
 500 E Street SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 hereinafter called the
Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above
Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended,
effective upon execution by the Government, as follows: 
  
 The agreed upon above standard costs and obligations for
all work to be performed by the Lessor under the lease is $17,755,660.00, of which $17,003,760.00 has been paid as of February 25, 1994, for the scope of work described below. Accordingly, the Government shall pay the Lessor the amount of
$624,990.00, which is the balance due for work completed to date (less the Interactive Directories cost of $126,910.00 which shall be paid for by the Government upon completion and separately), not more than forty-five days after the execution of
this Supplemental Lease Agreement by the Government. The balance due for the Interactive Directories will be paid for upon completion of the full scope of work and acceptance by the Government. 
  

The scope of work includes all work for the initial space alterations on the concourse level, ground floor, floors two through nine of the building and various items
in the parking garage and includes utilization of all building allowances, building allowance credits, installed special requirements (section 9 of the lease contract), above standard alterations, additional design fees for the above standard
construction, and all equitable adjustments for the changes made under paragraph 17 of the General Clauses of the lease to date. 
  
 This represents a final settlement of all claims related to this lease for above standard construction as of the date hereof as described above. 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties
subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Edward H. Linde
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 Edward H. Linde
 
	 	  	 	 General Partner
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF (witnessed by:)
 
	 
	  	 	 Kathryn R. Stevenson
 
	 	  	 	 8 Arlington Street, Boston, MA 02116
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 
 18 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 5
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Indep Square
 300 E Street., SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 
  
 whose address is 
 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership

 C/O Boston Properties 
 500
E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties
hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that
the said Lease is amended, effective July 20, 1993, as follows: 
  
 To reflect operating cost escalation provided for
in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 June 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.1
 
	 Correspondence Index
 	  	 June 1993
 	  	  
 	 142.0
 
	  	  	  	  	  
 	 1.028240406
 
	 Base Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	 ×
 	  0.028240406
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 0.00
 
	 Annual increase in operating cost
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 98,313.25
 

 
  
 Effective July 20, 1993. The annual rental is increased by
$98,313.25. The new annual rent is $19,242,575.05 payable at the rate of $1,603,547.92 per month in arrears. Rent checks shall be payable to: 
  
 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership 
 C/O Boston Properties 
 500 E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 20024

  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, NCR, RED, WPEST-A
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 
 19 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 6
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between 
  
 whose address is 
 Southwest Market Limited
Partnership 
 C/O Boston Properties 
 500 E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration
hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective July 20, 1994, as follows: 
  
 To
reflect operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 June 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.1
 
	 Correspondence Index
 	  	 June 1994
 	  	  
 	 145.4
 
	  	  	  	  	  
 	 1.052860246
 
	 Base Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	 ×
 	  0.052860246
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 98,313.24
 
	 Annual increase in operating cost
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 85,709.00
 

 
  
 Effective July 20, 1994, the annual rental is increased by
$85,709.00. The new annual rent is $19,328,284.05 payable at the rate of $1,610,690.34 per month in arrears. Rent checks shall be payable to: 
  
 Southwest Market Limited Partnership 
 C/O Boston Properties 
 500 E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 20024

  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 CONTRACTING OFFICER, NCR, RED, WPESTA
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 
 20 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 7
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Ball Associates.

  
 whose address is 
 Southwest Market Limited Partnership 
 c/o Boston Properties 
 500 E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 20024

  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective
                    , as follows: 
  
 To
reflect full and final settlement of the 1993, and 1994, annual operating escalations. The annual rent will be increased by $184,0222.25 effective October 1, 1994. The preceding months from July 20, 1993, thru September 30, 1994, will be paid as
catchup including interest. The full and final (lump sum) settlement payment of $141,793.28 is explained as follows: 
  
 For the 1993
escalation, the payment is $124,506.28 which represents catchup for the period July 20, 1993, thru September 30, 1994, and interest for one year at 5.63 percent. The catchup is $117,870.19 and interest is $6,636.09. 
  
 Similarly, for the 1994 escalation, the payment is $17,287.00 which represents catchup and interest at 7.0 percent for the period July 20, 1994, thru September
30, 1994. The catchup is $17,049.62 and interest is $237.41. The Final Settlement Payment will be included in your next monthly rent. The rent check shall be payable to: 
  
 Southwest Market Limited Partnership 
 c/o
Boston Properties 
 500 E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 

 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF (witnessed by:)
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
  
 	 	 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer
 GSA, NCR, PBS,
RED
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 
 21 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 No. 8
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended as follows: 
  

Issued to reflect the annual real estate tax escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Comparison
 	  	 $
 	 2,747,904.15
 	  
 
	 Base Year
 	  	 $
 	 2,558,414.00
 	  
 
	 Increase
 	  	 $
 	 189,490.15
 	  
 
	 Percentage of Government Occupancy
 	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 Tax Increase Due Lessor
 	  	 $
 	 186,647.80
 	  
 
	 Interest
 	  	 $
 	 3,118.04
 	  
 
	 Total Due
 	  	 $
 	 189,765.84
 	  
 

 
  
 The Lessor is entitled to a one-time payment in the amount of $189,765.84 payable in
arrears. Check shall be payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, PARS
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 No. 9
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective 03/01/1996 , as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 June
 	  	 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.10
 
	 Corresponding Index
 	  	 June
 	  	 1995
 	  	  
 	 149.90
 
	 Base Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	  	  	  
 	 0.085445329
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 297,460.61
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 184,022.24
 
	 Annual increase In Operating Cost Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 113,438.37
 

 
  
 Effective 03/01/1996, the annual rental is increased by $113,438.37. The new annual rent
is $19,441,722.42 payable at the rate of $1,620,143.53 per month. The rent check shall be made payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, CBD
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 [LOGO GOES HERE] 
  
  
 General Services Administration 
 National Capital Region

 Washington, DC 20407 
  
 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership 
 c/o Boston Properties 
 500 E Street, SW 
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 RE:    2 Independence Square   
 300 E Street, SW            
 Washington, DC 20024 
  
 Dear Sir: 
  
 Enclosed, please find one copy of
Supplemental Lease Agreement No. 10 which provides for the lump sum payment of the operating cost escalation from July 20, 1995 through February 29, 1996 inclusive of interest for the Government-leased space located in the above referenced building.
The rent was brought current as of March 1, 1996. 
  
 In accordance with the basic lease agreement, the Government has executed the enclosed
SLA which reflects a rent increase to be paid with your next monthly rent check. Please retain this copy for your files. 
  
 Should you have
any questions concerning this matter, please call on (202) 708-7679. 
  
 Sincerely, 
  

ILLEGIBLE 
 Noreen Freeman 
 Contracting Officer

 Commercial Broker Division 
  
 Enclosure 
  
 Federal Recycling Program    [LOGO GOES HERE]      Printed on Recycled Paper 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 No. 10
 	 	 DATE
 June 3, 1996
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said lease is hereby amended, effective 7/20/1995 , as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 June
 	  	 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.10
 
	 Corresponding Index
 	  	 June
 	  	 1995
 	  	  
 	 149.90
 
	 Bases Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	  	  	  
 	 0.085445329
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 297,460.61
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 184,022.24
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 113,438.37
 
	 Prorated Amount Due (7/20/95-2/29/96)
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 69,831.68
 
	 Interest Due at 6.38%
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 649.73
 
	 Total Lump Sum Catchup
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 70,481.41
 

 
  
 This supplement is issued to reflect full and final settlement of the 1995 operating cost
escalation from July 20, 1995 through February 29, 1996 to be paid as a lump sum payment inclusive of interest in the amount of $70,481.41. The lump sum payment represents catchup for the period and interest at 6.38 percent. The total catchup is
$69,831.68 and the interest is $649.73. The rent check shall be payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, CBD
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 No. 11
 	 	 DATE
 June 3, 1996
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended, effective 07/20/1996, as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 June
 	  	 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.10
 
	 Corresponding Index
 	  	 June
 	  	 1996
 	  	  
 	 154.10
 
	 Bases Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	  	  	  
 	 0.115858074
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 403,336.42
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 297,460.61
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 105,875.81
 

 
  
 Effective 07/20/1996, the annual rent is increased by $105,875.81. The new annual rent is
$19,547,598.23 payable at the rate of $1,628,966.52 per month. The rent check shall be made payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, CBD
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 No. 12
 	 	 DATE
 July 19, 1996
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. A tax rate rollback appearing on the 1995 second half tax bill shows a
credit to be applied toward the 1995 first half taxes. Accordingly, one-half of the 1995 first half tax credit applies to CY 1994 and one-half applies to CY 1995. 
  
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR (Revised)
 	  	 1994
 	  	 $
 	 2,690,477.75
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 3,198,017.50
 	  
 
	 INCREASE
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 507,539.75
 	 )
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.500
 	 %
 
	 TAX INCREASE DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 499,926.65
 	 )
 
	 LESS: AMOUNT PREVIOUSLY PAID PER SLA 8
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 189,765.84
 	  
 
	 1994 CREDIT DUE GOVERNMENT
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 689,692.49
 	 )
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR
 	  	 1995
 	  	 $
 	 3,114,301.88
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 3,198,017.50
 	  
 
	 INCREASE
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 83,715.63
 	 )
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.500
 	 %
 
	 1995 TAX INCREASE DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 82,459.89
 	 )
 
	 1995 CREDIT DUE GOVERNMENT
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 82,459.89
 	 )
 
	 1994 CREDIT DUE GOVERNMENT
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 689,692.49
 	 )
 
	 TOTAL CREDIT DUE GOVERNMENT
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 772,152.38
 	 )
 

 
  
 The Government is entitled to a one-time credit in the amount of ($772,152.38) payable in
arrears. The credit shall be deducted from the rent check of: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR: Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, CBD
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 No. 12 (REVISED)
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, D.C. 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, D.C. 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended as follows: 
  

This SLA 12 (Revised) is issued to revise the original SLA 12 by correcting the figure used for the base year, and by correcting the resulting calculations. 
  
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR (Revised)
 	  	 1994
 	  	 $
 	 2,690,477.75
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,888,667.66
 	  
 
	 DECREASE
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 198,189.91
 	 )
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 REVISED TOTAL CREDIT DUE THE GOVERNMENT
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 195,217.06
 	 )
 
	 LESS: AMOUNT PREVIOUSLY PAID PER SLA 8
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 189,765.84
 	  
 
	 1994 CREDIT DUE THE GOV’T
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 384,982.90
 	 )
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR
 	  	 1995
 	  	 $
 	 3,114,301.88
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,888,667.66
 	  
 
	 DECREASE
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 225,634.22
 	  
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 1995 AMOUNT DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 222,249.71
 	  
 
	 1995 AMOUNT DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 222,249.71
 	  
 
	 1994 CREDIT DUE GOVERNMENT
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 384,982.90
 	 )
 
	 TOTAL CREDIT DUE GOV’T
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 162,733.19
 	 )
 
	 LESS PREVIOUS CREDIT TO THE GOV’T PER SLA 12
 	  	  	  	 ($
 	 772,152.38
 	 )
 
	 AMOUNT DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 609,419.19
 	  
 
	 
	 The Lessor is entitled to a lump sum payment in the amount of
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 609,419.19
 	  
 
	 Rent payments are to be made to:
 	  	  	  	  	  	  

 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in full force and effect.*

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 * See Attachment (a) hereto, incorporated by this reference.
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 
	 	  	 	  
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 [ILLEGIBLE] 11/1/96
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, PARS
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

	ATTACHMENT
	 
	(A) TO SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE AGREEMENT NO. 12 (REVISED) 
 

  
 The Lessor and the Government agree that, by execution of this Supplemental Agreement No. 12 (revised) to Lease No. GS-11B-00111 (“the Lease”), the Lessor has not waived and expressly reserves its right to pursue
its pending claim dated September 9, 1996 against the Government requesting a final decision from the Contracting Officer to establish that the sum of $2,558,413.79 is the real estate tax amount for the NASA Headquarters Building for 1993, which is
the “Base Year” of the Lease for purposes of the Tax Adjustment clause, GSAR 552.270-24, of the Lease. The Lessor and the Government recognize (1) that the Lessor has a dispute with the Government concerning the computation of the real
estate tax amount for the Base Year of the Lease, which dispute is not settled, resolved or otherwise affected by this Supplemental Agreement No. 12 (revised), and (2) that Lessor’s execution of this Supplemental Agreement No. 12 (revised) does
not operate as a concurrence in or acceptance of GSA’s computation of the sum of $2,888,667.66 as the real estate tax base for 1993. The Lessor and the Government further agree that this Supplemental Agreement No. 12 (revised) does not settle
or release the Government from any claim(s) by the Lessor to recover lease payments or seek other relief under the Lease as a result of the Government’s assertion that the real estate tax amount for the NASA Headquarters Building is a sum other
than $2,558,413.79. 
  
 SOUTHWEST MARKET LIMITED 
     PARTNERSHIP, Lessor 
  
 By:    Boston Southwest Associates 
 Limited Partnership, its 
 General Partner 
  
 By:    Independence Square, Inc. 
 its General Partner 
  
 
	  
	 
	 By:
 	 	 /s/    Robert E. Burke
 

	  	 	 Robert E. Burke
 Vice President
 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 13
 	 	 DATE
 SEP 25, 1996
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 300
E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership 

 
 
	 whose address is:
  
 

	 	  
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective upon execution by the Government, as follows: 
  

Exhibit III to this Lease is amended as follows: 
  

	1.
	 
	For the period from July 20, 1995 through July 19, 1996, the annual rental for the 350 permits provided under Exhibit III is $600,600.00, based on a rate of
$50,050.00 per month in arrears and is exclusive of the District of Columbia parking sales tax. 
 

  

	2.
	 
	Effective July 20, 1996, the number of parking permits will increase to a total of six hundred forty-six (646) parking permits for spaces within the leased
building, for use by the Government. The Government shall pay the annual rental for such parking permits of $1,135,668.00 based on a rate of $94,639.00 per month in arrears, which rate is exclusive of the District of Columbia parking sales tax. The
aforesaid rental rate for these 646 parking permits will be escalated annually, on the anniversary date of the effective date of this agreement, by four percent (4%) of the rate payable for the prior year, for the remaining term of this Lease.

 

  

	3.
	 
	The effective date of this agreement is July 20, 1996. 
 

  

	4.
	 
	The last paragraph of Exhibit III to this Lease is hereby deleted. Further, all references in Exhibit III to “350 permits” is hereby changed to read
“646 permits” effective as July 20, 1996. 
 

  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force
and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 BY:    Independence Square, Inc., it’s General Partner
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 (ILLEGIBLE)
 
	 	  	 	 Vice President
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN PRESENCE OF (witnessed by:)
 
	 
	  	 	 /S/    Elaine (ILLEGIBLE)
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 /S/    Robert G. Roop
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer GSA, NCR, PBS, RED
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 Robert G.
Roop
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 14 (NF)
 	 	 DATE
 2/10/97
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended as follows: 
  
 This SLA is issued to settle all claims with respect to the computation of base year real estate taxes for real estate tax escalation purposes, which is hereby
established as $2,534,368.74, with calendar year 1993 designated as the base year. The base year figure was arrived at by adopting the amount appearing on GSA Form 1217 which was made a part of this lease. 
  
 In addition, it is agreed that the 1994 and 1995 real estate tax escalations will be calculated as follows: 
  

	 COMPARISON YEAR (Revised)
 	  	 1994
 	  	 $
 	 2,690,477.75
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,534,368.74
 	  
 
	 INCREASE
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 156,109.01
 	  
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 1994 TOTAL AMOUNT DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 153,767.37
 	  
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR
 	  	 1995
 	  	 $
 	 3,114,301.88
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,534,368.74
 	  
 
	 INCREASE
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 579,933.14
 	  
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 1995 TOTAL AMOUNT DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 571,234.14
 	  
 
	 1995 TOTAL AMOUNT DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 571,234.14
 	  
 
	 1994 TOTAL AMOUNT DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 153,767.37
 	  
 
	 SUBTRACT AMOUNT PAID TO LESSOR (SLA 8)
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 189,765.84
 	  
 
	 SUBTRACT AMOUNT PAID TO LESSOR (SLA 12 REV)
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 809,419.19
 	  
 
	 ADD AMOUNT OF GOV’T CREDIT (SLA 12)
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 772,152.38
 	  
 
	 NET AMOUNT DUE FOR 1994 AND 1995 TAX ADJUSTMENTS
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 697,968.86
 	  
 
	 
	 The Lessor is entitled to a lump-sum payment in the amount of
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 697,968.86
 	  
 
	 Rent payments are to be made to:
 	  	  	  	  	  	  

 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 /s/    Robert S. Burke
 
	 	  	 	 Senior Vice President 
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 /s/  Joann B. Poindexter
 
	 	  	 	 Boston Properties, Inc.
 500 E
Street, SW – Suite 200
 Washington, DC 20024
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 /s/    [ILLEGIBLE]
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, PARS
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 [LOGO GOES HERE] 
  
 General Services Administration 
 National Capital Region 
 Washington, DC 20407 
  
 June 16, 1997 
  

School Street Associates 
 c/o Boston Properties, Inc. 
 8 Arlington Street 
 Boston, MA 02116 
  
 Attention: Edward H. Linde, President 
  
 RE:  Lease No. GS-11B-00111
dated June 1, 1990, by and between The United States of America (“Government”) and Southwest Market Limited Partnership (“Lessor”) respecting premises comprising 488,734 net usable square feet of office and related space at 300 E
Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20024 (the “Building”) 
  
 Dear Mr. Linde: 
  

This letter is written in response to the request for novation submitted on behalf of the Lessor, with respect to the Lease referred to above, by Alexander D. Tomaszczuk, Esq., counsel to
Lessor, by letter dated May 29, 1997. In his letter, Mr. Tomaszczuk pointed out that a novation-in the particular circumstance of this transaction-may not be required by Federal Acquisition Regulation Section 42.1204 nor, by extension, by the
Anti-Assignment Act (41 U.S.C. 15). 
  
 You have informed us that Boston Properties, Inc., and various affiliated entities including the
Lessor, are in the process of forming a publicly-traded real estate investment trust (the “REIT”) which will succeed to the real estate development, redevelopment, acquisition management, operating and leasing businesses owned and
controlled by you and Mortimer B. Zuckerman either individually or through entities controlled by you. The REIT will be structured as an “umbrella partnership real estate investment trust,” pursuant to which substantially all of such real
estate assets will be contributed by you, Mr. Zuckerman and various affiliated persons and entities, to Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“BPLP”), in exchange for interests in the REIT. The sole general
partner of BPLP will be Boston Properties, Inc., which will be responsible for managing and operating the real estate assets owned by the REIT. You have also informed us that, due to the fact that a significant ownership interest in the REIT will be
retained by you and Mr. Zuckerman, management control of the REIT will also be retained by you. 
  
 Specifically with respect to the
Building, you have informed us that as part of the REIT formation transactions the constituent partnership interests (both general partnership and limited partnership interests) in the Lessor will be contributed to BPLP (as to a 99% limited
partnership interest in Lessor) and to Boston Properties L.L.C. (as to a 1% general partnership interest in Lessor) in exchange for interests in the REIT. The end result of these REIT formation transactions will be that the economic interests in the
Lessor will be transformed into interests in the REIT which, in turn, will hold all of the constituent partnership interests to Lessor. Thus, the REIT formation transactions described in this letter (i) will not effect a transfer of the Lease, (ii)
will not effect a transfer of the underlying asset (i.e., the Building), and (iii) will not effect a formation or reformation of the partnership that is the Lessor. You have also informed us that the Building will be managed by BPLP, of which Boston
Properties, Inc., is the sole general partner, and that payments under the Lease should continue to be made to the same Lessor-Southwest Market Limited Partnership-at the same address as provided in the Lease. 
  
 In the circumstances you have described, the public policy concerns that underlie the federal Government rules respecting assignment of contracts are not raised,
since the interests of the Lessor in the Building are
 
 
 Federal Recycling Program    [LOGO GOES HERE]     Printed on
Recycled Paper 

 
identical both before and after the REIT formation, and since the Government will not be subjected to competing or potentially adverse claims with respect to the Lease. Based on these facts, it
is our position that a novation agreement with respect to the transactions described above involving the Lease and the Lessor is not required. 
  
 Sincerely, 
  
 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 
  
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 /s/    ROBERT G. ROOP        
 

	  	 	 Robert G. Roop
 Contracting Officer
 General Services Administration
 National Capital Region
 Realty Services
Division
 

 

  
 [LOGO GOES HERE] 
  
 General Services Administration 
 National Capital Region

 Washington, DC 20407 
  
 June 16, 1997 
  
 Southwest Market Limited Partnership 
 c/o Boston Properties, Inc. 
 8 Arlington Street 
 Boston, MA 02116 

 
 Attention: Edward H. Linde, President 
  
 RE:   Lease No. GS-11B-00111 dated June 1, 1990, by and between The United States of America (“Government”) and Southwest Market
Limited Partnership (“Lessor”) respecting premises comprising 488,734 net usable square feet of office and related space at 300 E Street, S.W., Washington, D.C. 20024 (the “Building”) 
  
 Dear Mr. Linde: 
  
 This letter is written in
response to the request for novation submitted on behalf of the Lessor, with respect to the Lease referred to above, by Alexander D. Tomaszczuk, Esq., counsel to Lessor, by letter dated May 29, 1997. In his letter, Mr. Tomaszczuk pointed out that a
novation-in the particular circumstance of this transaction-may not be required by Federal Acquisition Regulation Section 42.1204 nor, by extension, by the Anti-Assignment Act (41 U.S.C. 15). 
  

You have informed us that Boston Properties, Inc., and various affiliated entities including the Lessor, are in the process of forming a publicly-traded real estate investment trust (the
“REIT”) which will succeed to the real estate development, redevelopment, acquisition management, operating and leasing businesses owned and controlled by you and Mortimer B. Zuckerman either individually or through entities controlled by
you. The REIT will be structured as an “umbrella partnership real estate investment trust,” pursuant to which substantially all of such real estate assets will be contributed by you, Mr. Zuckerman and various affiliated persons and
entities, to Boston Properties Limited Partnership, a Delaware limited partnership (“BPLP”), in exchange for interests in the REIT. The sole general partner of BPLP will be Boston Properties, Inc., which will be responsible for managing
and operating the real estate assets owned by the REIT. You have also informed us that, due to the fact that a significant ownership interest in the REIT will be retained by you and Mr. Zuckerman, management control of the REIT will also be retained
by you. 
  
 Specifically with respect to the Building, you have informed us that as part of the REIT formation transactions the constituent
partnership interests (both general partnership and limited partnership interests) in the Lessor will be contributed to BPLP (as to a 99% limited partnership interest in Lessor) and to Boston Properties L.L.C. (as to a 1% general partnership
interest in Lessor) in exchange for interests in the REIT. The end result of these REIT formation transactions will be that the economic interests in the Lessor will be transformed into interests in the REIT which, in turn, will hold all of the
constituent partnership interests to Lessor. Thus, the REIT formation transactions described in this letter (i) will not effect a transfer of the Lease, (ii) will not effect a transfer of the underlying asset (i.e., the Building), and (iii) will not
effect a formation or reformation of the partnership that is the Lessor. You have also informed us that the Building will be managed by BPLP, of which Boston Properties, Inc., is the sole general partner, and that payment sunder the Lease should
continue to be made to the same Lessor-Southwest Market Limited Partnership-at the same address as provided in the Lease. 
  
 In the
circumstances you have described, the public policy concerns that underlie the federal Government rules respecting assignment of contracts are not raised, since the interests of the Lessor in the Building are
 
 
 Federal Recycling Program    [LOGO GOES HERE]     Printed on
Recycled Paper 

 
identical both before and after the REIT formation, and since the Government will not be subjected to competing or potentially adverse claims with respect to the Lease. Based on these facts, it
is our position that a novation agreement with respect to the transactions described above involving the Lease and the Lessor is not required. 
  
 Sincerely, 
  
 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA 
  
 
	 
	 By:
 	 	 /s/    ROBERT G. ROOP         
 

	  	 	 Robert G. Roop
 Contracting Officer
 General Services Administration
 National Capital Region
 Realty Services
Division
 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 15
 	 	 DATE
             June 3, 1996
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 Two
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect the annual real estate tax escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Comparison Year
 	  	 1996
 	  	 $
 	 3,164,579.63
 	  
 
	 Base Year
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,534,368.74
 	  
 
	 Increase
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 630,210.89
 	  
 
	 Percentage of Government Occupancy
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 Tax Increase Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 620,757.72
 	  
 
	 Total Amount Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 620,757.72
 	  
 

 
  
 The Lessor is entitled to a one-time payment in the amount
of                                        
          $         620,757.72 
 payable in arrears. Check shall be payable to:

  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 C/O Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 /S/    Robert E. Roop
 
	 	  	 	 Senior Vice President 
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN PRESENCE OF
 
	  	 	 /S/    Marilyn Robinson
 
	 	  	 	 Boston Properties, Inc.
 500 E
St., SW, Suite 200
 Washington, DC 20024
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 (ILLEGIBLE) 5/23/97
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, PARS
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 16
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended effective 07/20/97 as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect the operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Comparison Year
 	  	 June
 	  	 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.10
 
	 Corresponding Index
 	  	 June
 	  	 1997
 	  	  
 	 157.40
 
	 Base Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	  	  	  
 	 0.139753802
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 486,524.55
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 403,336.42
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 83,188.13
 

 
  
 Effective 07/20/97 the annual rent is increased by $83,188.13. The new annual rent is
$20,766,454.36 payable at the rate of $1,730,537.86 per month. The rent check shall be made payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 /s/    Marilyn Jenkins 9/4/97
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, PARS
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 17
 	 	 DATE
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20011
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between
 	    	 Southwest Market L.P.
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the consideration hereinafter covenant and agree that the said lease is hereby amended as follows: 
  

Issued to reflect the annual real estate tax escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR
 	  	 1997
 	  	 $
 	 3,066,717.00
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,534,368.74
 	  
 
	 INCREASE/DECREASE IN REAL ESTATE TAXES
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 532,348.26
 	  
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 1996 TAX INCREASE DUE LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 524,363.04
 	  
 

 
  
 The Lessor is entitled to a one-time payment in the amount of $524,363.04 payable in
arrears. Check shall be payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market L.P.
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market L.P.
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 /s/    Marilyn [ILLEGIBLE] 4/22/98
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, PARS
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 18
 	 	 DATE
 MAR 11, 1999
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 300
E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market LTD Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market LTD Partnership
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said lease is hereby amended effective 7/20/98 as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect the annual operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 JUNE
 	  	 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.10
 
	 Corresponding Index
 	  	 JUNE
 	  	 1998
 	  	  
 	 159.70
 
	 Base Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	  	  	  
 	 0.1564084
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 544,504.16
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 486,524.55
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 57,979.61
 

 
  
 Effective 7/20/98, the annual rent is increased by $57,979.61. 
 The new annual rent is $20,824,433.97 payable at the rate of $1,735,369.50 per month. 
 The rent check shall be made payable to:

  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market LTD Partnership
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market LTD Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, Realty Services Division
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 19
 	 	 DATE
 MAY 5, 1999
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Ltd Partnership
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said lease is hereby amended effective 04/01/1999 as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect annual increase cost in rental parking per SLA #13. 
  
 Effective 07/20/1997, the increase in $45,426.72 and effective 07/20/1998 the increase is $47,243.79. 
  
 The
annual increase for the period covering 04/20/1997 through 04/01/1999 is $45,426.72 (1,181,094.72 – 1,135,668.00). 
 The annual increase for the period covering 07/20/1998
through 04/01/1999 is $47,243.79 (1,228,338.51 – 1,181,094.72). 
 The annual increase including catchup payments is $121,679.02. The lessor agrees to waive interest.

  
 Effective 04/01/1999, the annual rent is increased by $92,670.51. The new annual rent is $20,917,104.48 payable at the rate of
$1,743,083.71. 
 The Lessor is entitled to a one-time payment in the amount of $121,679.00 payable in arrears. Check shall be payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Ltd. Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 20
 	 	 DATE
 11/9/99
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Ltd. Part.
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended effective 7/20/99 as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect the annual operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 JUNE
 	  	 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.10
 
	 Corresponding Index
 	  	 JUNE
 	  	 1999
 	  	  
 	 162.80
 
	 Base Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	  	  	  
 	 0.178855902
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 622,650.59
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 544,504.16
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 78,146.43
 
	 1999 Increase for Parking
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 49,133.54
 
	 Total Increase Due Lessor including Parking
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 127,279.97
 

 
  
 Effective 7/20/99, the annual rent is increased by $127,279.97. 
 The new annual rent is $21,044,384.45 payable at the rate of $1,753,698.70 per month. 
 The rent check shall be made payable to:

  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Ltd. Part.
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Ltd. Part.
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Senior Vice President
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 Nadine ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 500 E Street SW Suite 200
 Washington, DC
20026
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, DC South Service Delivery Team
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

 SECTION INTENTIONALLY DELETED 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 21
 	 	 DATE
 SEP 03, 1999
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20011
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market L.P.
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 c/o Boston Properties
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said lease is hereby amended as follows: 
  

Issued to reflect the annual real estate tax escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR
 	  	 1998
 	  	 $
 	 3,066,717.00
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,534,368.74
 	  
 
	 DECREASE
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 532,348.26
 	  
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 AMOUNT DUE TO LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 524,363.04
 	  
 

 
  
 The Lessor is entitled to a one-time lump sum payment in the amount of $524,363.04 payable
in arrears. This amount shall be paid with your next rent check: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market L.P.
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market L.P.
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, NoVA
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 22
 	 	 DATE
 AUG 2, 2000
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 LDC00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 2
Independence Square
 300 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said lease is hereby amended effective 7/20/00 as follows: 
  
 Issued to reflect the annual operating cost escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 Base (CPI-W-U.S. City Avg)
 	  	 JUNE
 	  	 1992
 	  	  
 	 138.10
 
	 Corresponding Index
 	  	 JUNE
 	  	 2000
 	  	  
 	 169.20
 
	 Base Operating Cost Per Lease
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 3,481,297.44
 
	 % Increase in CPI-W
 	  	  	  	  	  	  
 	 0.217233888
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 756,255.78
 
	 Less Previous Escalation Paid
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 622,650.69
 
	 Annual Increase In Operating Cost Due Lessor
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 133,605.09
 
	 2000 Increase for Parking
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 51,098.88
 
	 Total Increase Due Lessor including Parking
 	  	  	  	  	  	 $
 	 184,703.97
 

 
  
 Effective 07/20/00, the annual rent is increased by $184,703.97. 
 The new annual rent is $21,229,088.42 payable at the rate of $1,769,090.70 per month. 
 The rent shall be made payable to:

  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	  
 
	 	  	 	 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, DC South Service Delivery Team
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 23
 	 	 DATE
 AUG 23, 2000
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-00111
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 300
E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 Hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the
Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  

NOW THEREFORE, these parties for the considerations hereinafter covenant and agree that the said Lease is hereby amended as follows: 
  

Issued to reflect the annual real estate tax escalation provided for in the basic lease agreement. 
  
 
	 COMPARISON YEAR
 	  	 1999
 	  	 $
 	 3,038,509.25
 	  
 
	 BASE YEAR
 	  	 1993
 	  	 $
 	 2,534,368.75
 	  
 
	 DECREASE
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 504,140.50
 	  
 
	 PERCENTAGE OF GOVERNMENT OCCUPANCY
 	  	  	  	  
 	 98.50
 	 %
 
	 AMOUNT DUE TO LESSOR
 	  	  	  	 $
 	 496,578.39
 	  
 

 
  
 The Lessor is entitled to a one-time lump sum payment in the amount of: $496,578.39
payable with the next rent check. 
  
 Rent checks shall be made payable to: 
  
 
	  	 	 Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street, SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and effect.

  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Senior Vice President
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 401 9th St., NW Washington, DC 20004
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, PBS, DC South SDT
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 
	 

	 GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION
 PUBLIC BUILDINGS SERVICE
  
 SUPPLEMENTAL LEASE
AGREEMENT
 	 	 SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT
 NO. 24
 	 	 DATE
 APR 04, 2001
 
	 	 

	 	 TO LEASE NO.
 GS-11B-0011
 	 	  
	 

	 ADDRESS OF PREMISES
 Two
Independence Square
 300 E Street SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 
	 

 
 
	 THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this date by and between: Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 

 
  
 
	 whose address is:
 	 	 c/o Boston Properties
 500 E Street SW
 Washington, DC 20024
 	 	  

 
  
 and whose interest in the property hereinafter described is that of the Owner

 hereinafter called the Lessor, and the UNITED STATES OF AMERICA, hereinafter called the Government: 
  
 WHEREAS, the parties hereto desire to amend the above Lease. 
  
 NOW THEREFORE, these
parties for the considerations hereinafter mentioned covenant and agree that the said Lease is amended, effective            , as follows: 
  
 This Supplemental Lease Agreement (SLA) is issued to reflect the Lessor’s agreement to grant the Government the right to install and impose the obligation
to maintain and repair a whip antenna and a dish antenna on the roof of the building known as Two Independence Square, 300 E Street, SW, Washington, DC. The location of each antenna is shown in their respective site survey report, which are attached
hereto. 
  
 In consideration for the granting of the right to locate the antennas on the roof, GSA shall pay the Lessor one dollar ($1) per
year in arrears. The antenna payment shall be due at the same time the monthly rent is due under the base Lease. The obligation to maintain and repair the antenna on the roof shall terminate at the expiration of the term of the base Lease.

  
 The Government may access the rooftop area for maintenance or inspection of the antenna after notice to and when accompanied by a
representative of the Lessor. The Government shall be responsible, in accordance with the Federal Tort Claims Act, for any and all damages, costs, liability, losses or expenses suffered by it or by the Lessor as a result of the granting of this
right, the installation, maintenance or inspection of the antenna or any access by Government personnel, agents or contractors to the roof of the building. 
  
 All other terms and conditions of the lease shall remain in force and in effect. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the
parties subscribed their names as of the above date. 
  
 
	 

	 LESSOR:    Southwest Market Limited Partnership
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 E. Mitchell Norville
 
	 	  	 	 Senior Vice President
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Title)
 
	 
	 IN THE PRESENCE OF
 
	 
	  	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 401 9th Street, NW, Suite 700
 Washington, DC 20004
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Address)
 
	 

	 UNITED STATES OF AMERICA
 
	 
	 BY
 	 	 ILLEGIBLE
 
	 	  	 	 Contracting Officer, GSA, NCR, WPJ
 

	  	 	 (Signature)
 	 	  	 	 (Official Title)
 
	 

 

  
 [National Technological University LETTERHEAD] 
  
 INSTALLATION SITE SURVEY 
  
 
	 Site to be Surveyed:
 NASA Headquarters (Site #1739)
 300 E Street SW
 Washington DC 20546
 Site Contact: Mary
Alice Deidrich
 301-286-5393
 	 	 Survey to be Completed by:
 Buddy Davis
 Davis Antenna
 2894 Old Washington Road
 Waldorf, MD
20601
 

 
  
 Date Survey Completed:    
3/22/00                                       
                       
  
 Receiver Information 
  
 Number of receivers requested by
site:                
4                                        
                              
  
 
	 Type:
 	  	 x  NDS CSR820 Commercial Satellite Receiver
 
	  	  	  ̈  Other                                  
      
 

 
  
 Satellite Antenna Installation Information 
  
 
	 Antenna Type:
 	    	 x 1.2m
 	    	  ̈ 1.8m
 	    	  ̈ 2.4m
 	  	  
	 
	 Antenna Location:
 	    	 x Roof
 	    	  ̈ Ground
 	    	  ̈ Wall
 	  	  ̈ Pole        
 
	 
	 Type of Mount:
 	    	 x NPRM
 	    	  ̈ Wall
 	    	  ̈ Pole
 	  	  ̈ Other                        
 

 
  
 Any known terrestrial/microwave interference in the area?
     ̈  Yes      x   No

  
 If so, what type?
                                        
                                        
           
  
 Customer Building Information 
  
 How many floors are in the building?      10         Client is located on what
floor?        All         
  
 Building Composition: x   Block    x   Steel      ̈ Wood    x   Other    Glass, Metal         
  

When is building accessible?       8 – 4, M – F           Are keys needed for roof access?
     Yes              
  
 If building manager/owner
approval needed for install, list name, address, phone number:
                                       

Boston Properties, will be coordinated by NASA facilities personnel         
  

Are permits required by the city for this type of antenna?    x  
Yes         ̈   No 
  

If permits are required, name, address and phone number of City Building Department:     possibly 
 DC Government, Fine Arts CommissionAgmt of Purchase and Sale for Nestle Building

  
 EXHIBIT 10.93 
  
 AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE FOR NESTLE BUILDING 

  
 AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE  
 AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS 
  
 BY AND BETWEEN 

 
 DOUGLAS EMMETT JOINT VENTURE,  
 A
CALIFORNIA GENERAL PARTNERSHIP (“SELLER”) 
  
 AND 
  

WELLS OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P.,  
 A DELAWARE LIMITED PARTNERSHIP
(“BUYER”) 

  
 TABLE OF CONTENTS 
  

	  	  	  	  	 Page
 

	 
	   1.
 	  	 Purchase and Sale
 	  	 2
 
	 
	   2.
 	  	 Purchase Price
 	  	 2
 
	 
	   3.
 	  	 Escrow
 	  	 3
 
	 
	   4.
 	  	 Buyer’s Investigations
 	  	 4
 
	 
	   5.
 	  	 Conditions to the Close of Escrow
 	  	 6
 
	 
	   6.
 	  	 Deliveries to Escrow Holder
 	  	 8
 
	 
	   7.
 	  	 Deliveries Upon Close of Escrow
 	  	 10
 
	 
	   8.
 	  	 Costs and Expenses
 	  	 10
 
	 
	   9.
 	  	 Prorations
 	  	 11
 
	 
	 10.
 	  	 Disbursements and Other Actions by Escrow Holder
 	  	 12
 
	 
	 11.
 	  	 AS-IS Sale and Purchase; Release
 	  	 13
 
	 
	 12.
 	  	 Seller’s Representations and Warranties
 	  	 16
 
	 
	 13.
 	  	 Buyer’s Representations and Warranties
 	  	 17
 
	 
	 14.
 	  	 Covenants of Buyer and Seller
 	  	 18
 
	 
	 15.
 	  	 Casualty and Condemnation
 	  	 20
 
	 
	 16.
 	  	 Notices
 	  	 20
 
	 
	 17.
 	  	 Commissions
 	  	 21
 
	 
	 18.
 	  	 Legal and Equitable Enforcement of this Agreement
 	  	 22
 
	 
	 19.
 	  	 Assignment
 	  	 23
 
	 
	 20.
 	  	 Confidentiality
 	  	 24
 
	 
	 21.
 	  	 Miscellaneous
 	  	 24
 

 

 
 i 

  
 AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE 
 AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS 
  
 
	 To:
 	 	 Chicago Title Company
 	    	 Escrow No.: 21045726-X70
 
	  	 	 700 South Flower Street
 	    	  
	  	 	 Suite 900
 	    	  
	  	 	 Los Angeles, California 90017
 	    	  
	  	 	 Attention: Amy Hiraheta
 	    	  
	  	 	 Telephone: (213) 488-4358
 	    	  
	  	 	 Facsimile: (213) 488-4384
 	    	  

 
  
 THIS AGREEMENT OF PURCHASE AND SALE AND JOINT ESCROW INSTRUCTIONS
(“Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 27th day of November, 2002 (the “Effective Date”), by and between DOUGLAS EMMETT JOINT VENTURE, a California general partnership (“Seller”), and WELLS OPERATING
PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Buyer”). 
  
 RECITALS 
  
 A. Seller owns certain improved real property located at 800 North Brand Boulevard, in the City of Glendale and County of Los Angeles,
California, which is more particularly described on Exhibit “A” attached hereto (said real property, together with all rights, privileges and easements appurtenant thereto, including all water rights, mineral rights, development
rights, air rights, reversions, or other appurtenances to said real property, if any, and all right, title and interest of Seller, if any, in and to any land lying in the bed of any street, road, alley or right-of-way, open or closed, adjacent to or
abutting said real property, is hereinafter referred to as the “Land”), together with the improvements now or hereafter located thereon (the “Improvements”), which Land and Improvements are hereinafter referred to collectively as
the “Real Property”), together with all of Seller’s right, title and interest, if any, in and to (i) all leases of space in the Improvements and all rooftop agreements (“Leases”), provided however, “Leases” shall
not include any parking lease for the operation of the parking facility serving the Improvements nor any lease for the management office located in the Improvements, each of which shall be terminated by Seller as of the “Closing Date” (as
that term is defined below), (ii) all contracts listed on Exhibit “B” to the “General Assignment” (as that term is defined below) (the “Contracts”), (iii) all tangible personal property owned by Seller and now or
hereafter located on the Real Property and used solely in connection with the ownership, operation, management or maintenance of the Real Property, including, without limitation, all machinery, apparatus, equipment, engines, appliances, supplies,
office equipment, screens, art, furniture, coverings, blinds, curtains, vehicles, accessories, and the specific items of personal property, if any, more particularly described on Exhibit “B” to the “Bill of Sale” (as that term is
defined below) (the “Personal Property”), and (iv) all intangible property rights owned by Seller, if any, to the extent assignable and relating solely to or used solely in connection with the Real Property, including, without limitation,
all tradenames, logos, warranties and guaranties in effect and given or made in connection with the construction or repair of the Improvements or the purchase of any Personal Property, and certificates of occupancy (or local equivalents), permits,

 licenses, approvals and authorizations issued by any federal, state or municipal government, branch, authority, district, agency, court,
tribunal, department, officer, official, board, commission or other instrumentality having jurisdiction with respect to the Land or the Improvements or the matter in issue (such intangible property is hereinafter referred to as the “Intangible
Property”). The Real Property, together with the Leases, the Contracts, the Personal Property and the Intangible Property, is hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Property”. 
  
 B.    Buyer desires to purchase from Seller, and Seller desires to sell to Buyer, the Property. 

 
 The terms of this Agreement and Escrow Holder’s instructions are as follows: 
  
 1.    Purchase and Sale.    Seller agrees to sell to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to
purchase from Seller, the Property upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement. 
  
 2.    Purchase Price.    The Purchase Price (“Purchase Price”) for the Property shall be One Hundred Fifty-Seven Million and No/100 Dollars ($157,000,000.00). The
Purchase Price shall be payable as follows: 
  
 (a)    Deposit.    Prior to 5:00 P.M. (California time) on the second (2nd) business day after delivery to Buyer and Escrow Holder of a fully executed copy of this Agreement, Buyer shall deliver or cause to be delivered to Chicago Title Company (“Escrow
Holder”), at the address set forth above, cash or other immediately available funds in the amount of Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) (the “Deposit”). The Deposit shall be invested in an interest earning account
designated by Buyer, subject to Seller’s reasonable approval, established with a national banking association in Los Angeles, California, reasonably approved by Seller and Buyer, and any interest earned thereon shall be a part of the Deposit
for all purposes under this Agreement. At the “Close of Escrow” (as hereinafter defined), the Deposit, and any interest accruing thereon, shall be applied and credited toward payment of the Purchase Price. 
  
 (b)    Cash Balance.    One (1) business day prior to the “Closing Date”
(as that term is defined below), Buyer shall deposit into Escrow cash or other immediately available funds in the amount of the balance of the Purchase Price, less an amount equal to the then outstanding principal balance of the “Existing
Loan” if the Closing Date is the “Assumption Closing Date” (as those terms are defined below), plus Buyer’s share of expenses and prorations, provided, however, if the calendar day immediately preceding the Closing Date is not a
business day, then Buyer at its option shall deposit the foregoing amount in Escrow on or prior to 9:00 A.M. (California time) on the Closing Date, or if the foregoing amount is deposited in Escrow after 9:00 A.M. (California time) on the Closing
Date, then by such time so that the funds due Seller pursuant to this Agreement are received by Seller in sufficient time for reinvestment on the Closing Date and if the Closing occurs with the “Assumption” (as hereinafter defined),
“Lender” (as hereinafter defined) receives the amount required for payoff of the “Existing Loan” (as hereinafter defined) by the time provided by Lender for payoff of the Existing Loan, and provided further, if such amount is
deposited in Escrow after 9:00 A.M. (California time) on the Closing Date and the funds due Seller pursuant to this Agreement are not received by Seller in sufficient time for reinvestment on the Closing Date and/or if the Closing occurs without the
Assumption, Lender does not receive the amount required for payoff of the Existing Loan by the 

 
 2 

 time provided by Lender for payoff of the Existing Loan, then Buyer shall reimburse Seller for loss of interest due to the failure to reinvest
Seller’s funds on the Closing Date and/or any interest charged by Lender for failure to receive the payoff amount by the time provided by Lender, as applicable. The provisions of this Paragraph 2(b) shall survive the Close of Escrow.

  
 (c)    Assumption of Existing Loan.    Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained herein, Buyer shall use diligent and commercially reasonable efforts to assume that certain loan in the principal amount of Ninety Million and No/100 Dollars ($90,000,000.00) encumbering the Property (the
“Existing Loan”) with Landesbank Schleswig-Holstein Girozentrale, Kiel, as lender (“Lender”) and to cause such assumption and the Close of Escrow to occur on the “Assumption Closing Date” (as that term is defined
below), although Buyer and Seller will endeavor to cause such assumption to occur earlier and in such event Buyer and Seller shall each endeavor to cause the Close of Escrow to occur earlier. Such assumption shall be on terms acceptable to Buyer and
Lender, but shall in all events be at no cost to Seller and shall include a release from Lender releasing Seller from all obligations under the Existing Loan (all such documents evidencing such assumption by Buyer, such release of Seller and
Lender’s approval thereof are herein referred to as the “Assumption Documents” and the transaction evidenced by the Assumption Documents is herein referred to as the “Assumption”). Without limiting the foregoing, the
Assumption shall be on terms acceptable to Buyer in its sole discretion. Any Assumption fee and other costs payable to or otherwise required by Lender in connection with Lender’s approval of, or efforts to obtain Lender’s approval of, the
Assumption shall be the sole responsibility of Buyer. Buyer shall promptly submit to Lender any documents reasonably required by Lender in order to secure Lender’s approval of the Assumption as soon as possible. If the Assumption and Close of
Escrow is not completed on or before the Assumption Closing Date, then Buyer and Seller shall continue to use diligent and commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Assumption and Close of Escrow to occur on or prior to the “Outside Closing
Date” (as that term is defined below). The Assumption Documents approved by Lender, Seller and Buyer shall be delivered into Escrow on or prior to the Closing Date. The Assumption is a condition to the Close of Escrow on the Assumption Closing
Date, but the Assumption is not a condition to the Close of Escrow on the Outside Closing Date. If the Assumption Documents have not been submitted into Escrow on or prior to the Outside Closing Date, the Close of Escrow shall occur on the Outside
Closing Date on an “all-cash” basis with no Assumption. If the Close of Escrow occurs with the Assumption, all interest accrued under the Existing Loan through midnight of the day immediately preceding the Close of Escrow shall be paid by
Seller, with Buyer responsible for all interest under the Existing Loan accruing thereafter, Buyer shall pay any recording charges with respect to the Assumption Documents, and Buyer shall, at the Close of Escrow, receive a credit against the
Purchase Price in an amount equal to the then outstanding principal balance of the Existing Loan. Prior to the Close of Escrow, Seller agrees not to modify the terms of the Existing Loan except as may be requested in connection with the Assumption.
If the purchase and sale contemplated under this Agreement is consummated without the Assumption, then at the Close of Escrow, Seller shall pay all amounts necessary to convey the Property free and clear of the Existing Loan including, without
limitation, the payment of any prepayment penalties or other sums payable under the Existing Loan. 
  
 3.    Escrow.    Buyer and Seller shall promptly evidence the opening of Escrow by delivering a fully executed copy of this Agreement to Escrow Holder. The “Close of
Escrow” is defined in Paragraph 5(d) below. The Close of Escrow shall occur no later than December 26, 

 
 3 

 2002 (the “Outside Closing Date”). The “Assumption Closing Date” shall be December 18, 2002, or such later date (but in all
events on or prior to the Outside Closing Date) on which the Assumption Documents are delivered into Escrow. All references herein to the “Closing Date” shall mean the Assumption Closing Date or the Outside Closing Date, as applicable. In
all events, the Assumption Closing Date shall be a date that is a business day which is followed by a business day; otherwise the Assumption Closing Date shall be the next soonest date that is a business day which is followed by a business day.
Buyer and Seller hereby authorize their respective attorneys to execute and deliver to Escrow Holder any additional or supplementary instructions as may be necessary or convenient to implement the terms of this Agreement and close the transactions
contemplated hereby, provided such instructions are consistent with and merely supplement this Agreement and shall not in any way modify, amend or supersede this Agreement. Such supplementary instructions, together with the escrow instructions set
forth in this Agreement, as they may be amended from time to time by the parties in writing, shall collectively be referred to as the “Escrow Instructions”. The Escrow Instructions may be amended and supplemented by such standard terms and
provisions as the Escrow Holder may request the parties hereto to execute; provided such instructions are consistent with and merely supplement this Agreement and shall not in any way modify, amend or supersede this Agreement unless Seller and Buyer
shall agree in writing to the contrary; and provided further, that the parties hereto and Escrow Holder acknowledge and agree that in the event of a conflict between any provision of such standard terms and provisions supplied by the Escrow Holder
and the Escrow Instructions, the Escrow Instructions shall prevail. 
  
 4.    Buyer’s
Investigations. 
  
 (a)    Access to and Delivery of
Materials.    Seller has delivered to Buyer or made available for review at Seller’s offices or at the Real Property all documents (other than “Excluded Documents” (as defined below)) in Seller’s
possession regarding the Property (collectively, “Seller’s Documents”). Prior to execution of this Agreement, Seller has delivered to Buyer and Buyer has received copies of certain Seller’s Documents listed on Exhibit
“G” attached hereto, which documents include a current preliminary title report (the “Title Report”) issued by Chicago Title Company (“Title Company”), together with copies of all title exception documents listed
therein. At all times prior to the Closing Date, Seller agrees to use diligent, commercially reasonable and good faith efforts to respond promptly to all inquiries and requests made by Buyer or its employees, agents, consultants and attorneys for
existing documents or information in Seller’s possession regarding the Property. As used herein, “Excluded Documents” shall mean any documents involving either Seller’s financing or refinancing of the Property (other than the
Existing Loan), any purchase and sale agreements and correspondence pertaining to Seller’s acquisition of the Property, any documents pertaining to the potential acquisition of the Property by any past or prospective buyers, any third party
purchase inquiries and correspondence, appraisals of the Property, attorney-client privileged documents, internal budgets or financial projections, and any other internal documents other than internal documents relating to the physical condition of
the Property. Excluded Documents shall not include “Tenant” (as hereinafter defined) correspondence files. All third party reports shall be delivered to Buyer without representation or warranty by or recourse against Seller or any third
party preparing such report or any of their respective partners, members, employees, officers, directors, agents, subsidiaries or affiliates, and its or their respective successors and assigns (and Buyer hereby releases the same from and against any
obligation or liability in connection 

 
 4 

 therewith). On termination of this Agreement for any reason, Buyer shall promptly return all Seller’s Documents and other information, of
whatever nature and in whatever form, with respect to the Property, heretofore or hereafter delivered by Seller, or third party reports obtained by Buyer and/or created in reliance upon such information, in the same condition as received, without
any copies of Seller’s Documents being retained by Buyer. All such third party reports shall be delivered to Seller without representation or warranty by or recourse against Buyer or any third party preparing such report or any of their
respective partners, members, employees, officers, directors, agents, subsidiaries or affiliates, and its or their respective successors and assigns (and Seller hereby releases the same from and against any obligation or liability in connection
therewith). In any such event, and as a covenant which shall survive the termination of this Agreement (as opposed to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement), all such information, as well as the terms of this Agreement,
shall be treated by Buyer as confidential and none of it shall be disclosed by Buyer to any other party thereafter for any purpose or in any context, except as provided in Paragraph 20 below. 
  
 (b)    Due Diligence.    Buyer has, prior to execution of this Agreement, reviewed
any and all due diligence activities which Buyer may choose to conduct or commission, including without limitation, a review of: Seller’s Documents, the condition of title to the Real Property as disclosed by the Title Report, the condition of
the improvements located on the Real Property and all operating systems relating thereto, the presence of “Hazardous Materials” (as hereinafter defined), if any, the status of the Contracts and the Leases, compliance with
“Governmental Regulations” (as hereinafter defined), and any and all other matters of similar or dissimilar nature relating in any way to the Property or Buyer’s purchase of the Property (collectively, the “Due Diligence”).

  
 (c)    Nestlé Estoppel Certificate.    Seller shall
use commercially reasonable efforts to have Nestlé USA, Inc. (“Nestlé”) execute an estoppel certificate for the benefit of both Seller and Buyer in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “H” and with such
changes made by Nestlé and Buyer as are acceptable to Buyer in Buyer’s sole discretion (the “Nestlé Estoppel Certificate”) on or prior to December 3, 2002 (the “Contingency Date”). Seller makes no
representation as to whether the Nestlé Estoppel Certificate will be returned prior to the Contingency Date, and Buyer shall make its own determination as to whether to proceed based on the information contained in the Nestlé Estoppel
Certificate, if any, received by the Contingency Date. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Buyer shall not communicate with any Tenants under the Leases without obtaining the prior written consent of Seller, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld, and without affording Seller a reasonable opportunity to have a representative of Seller participate in any conversations with such Tenants. Seller agrees to reasonably cooperate with Buyer in scheduling meetings
with Tenants and inspections of the Property by Buyer and its representatives, agents and consultants. 
  
 (d)    Buyer’s Right to Terminate.    If Buyer has not received the Nestlé Estoppel Certificate on or prior to the Contingency Date, Buyer may terminate this Agreement
at any time prior to 5:00 P.M. (California time) on the Contingency Date by delivering written notice thereof to Seller and Escrow Holder, whereupon this Agreement shall terminate in accordance with Paragraph 5(c) of this Agreement. In the
event Buyer so elects to terminate this Agreement, Escrow Holder shall pay to Seller from the Deposit the sum of Twenty-Five and No/100 Dollars ($25.00) and the balance of the Deposit shall be refunded by Escrow Holder to 

 
 5 

 Buyer, whereupon, except as expressly provided to the contrary elsewhere in this Agreement, no party hereto shall have any further or other
rights or obligations under this Agreement. Seller acknowledges and agrees that the sum of Twenty Five and No/100 Dollars ($25.00) is good and adequate consideration for the termination rights granted to Buyer pursuant to this Paragraph 4(d).

  
 5.    Conditions to the Close of Escrow. 
  
 (a)    Conditions Precedent to Buyer’s Obligations.    The Close of Escrow and
Buyer’s obligations with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Buyer, not later than the dates set forth herein below, of the following conditions, which conditions are for the
sole benefit of Buyer and may be waived by Buyer, in whole or in part, by written waiver delivered to Seller: 
  
 (i)    Representations, Warranties and Covenants of Seller.    Seller shall have duly performed in all material respects all covenants to be performed by Seller hereunder, and
Seller’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date in all material respects; provided that solely for purposes of this Paragraph 5(a)(i) (i.e., as a condition to the Close
of Escrow allowing Buyer to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Paragraph 5(c)), such representations and warranties shall be deemed to be given without modification for a change of fact or circumstance as provided in Paragraph 12
hereof. 
  
 (ii)    Delivery of Documents.    Seller shall
have delivered all of the duly executed documents required to be delivered by Seller pursuant to Paragraph 6(a) below. 
  
 (iii)    Title Insurance.    Prior to execution of this Agreement, the Title Company has issued its written title commitment (the “Title Commitment”) to issue the
“Title Policy” (as hereinafter defined), which Title Commitment is in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “N”. The Title Policy shall include all endorsements that the Title Company has agreed to issue as part of the Title
Commitment. As of the Close of Escrow, the Title Company shall have issued or shall have irrevocably committed to issue an ALTA extended coverage form of owner’s policy of title insurance showing title to the Real Property vested in Buyer
subject to all matters shown in the Title Commitment (or with respect to matters that arise on or after the Effective Date, matters disapproved by Buyer prior to the Closing Date which Seller has elected to cure), with a liability amount equal to
the Purchase Price (the “Title Policy”). However, it shall not be a condition to the Close of Escrow if Buyer elects to obtain any endorsements which are not part of the Title Commitment, requests reinsurance or coinsurance, or otherwise
elects to obtain any different or additional coverage in excess of that provided by the Title Commitment, and in no event shall the Close of Escrow be conditioned upon or delayed by reason of having to obtain a survey or to fulfill any other
necessary requirement of ALTA extended coverage, which survey and other requirements have been fulfilled by Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Seller shall be obligated at the Close of Escrow to cause the removal of any deeds of trust and/or
mortgages (other than the Existing Loan if the Close of Escrow occurs with the Assumption), delinquent taxes, mechanics’ liens or judgment liens created by Seller. 

 
 6 

  
 (iv)    Nestlé Financial
Condition.    There shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition of Nestlé from that existing as of the Effective Date. 
  
 (b)    Conditions Precedent to Seller’s Obligations.    The Close of Escrow and Seller’s obligations with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the timely satisfaction or waiver by Seller of the following conditions, which conditions are for the sole benefit of Seller and may be waived by Seller, in whole or in part,
by written waiver delivered to Buyer: 
  
 (i)    Representations, Warranties and Covenants
of Buyer.    Buyer shall have duly performed in all material respects each and every covenant of Buyer hereunder, and Buyer’s representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct as of
the Closing Date in all material respects. 
  
 (ii)    Delivery of Documents and Purchase
Price.    Buyer shall have timely delivered the Purchase Price pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 2 above, and shall have delivered all of the duly executed documents required to be delivered by Buyer pursuant
to Paragraph 6(b) below. 
  
 (c)    Effect of
Termination.    In the event any condition set forth in this Paragraph 5 is not timely satisfied, unless waived by the party for whose benefit the condition exists, Buyer or Seller, as applicable, shall have the
right to terminate this Agreement and if this Agreement is so terminated or is terminated by either party pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement giving that party the right to do so, then: 
  
 (i)    Termination of Agreement.    This Agreement, the Escrow, and the rights and
obligations of Buyer and Seller shall terminate, except as otherwise provided herein; 
  
 (ii)    Return of Deposit.    Except as otherwise provided herein, the Deposit, and any interest accruing thereon, shall be promptly returned to Buyer, and any other documents and
monies deposited by the parties which are then held by Escrow Holder shall be returned to the party depositing same, provided however, if Buyer has not theretofore delivered to Seller the materials specified in Paragraph 4(a) above, then the
Deposit less Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($50,000) shall be returned to Buyer and the remaining Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($50,000) shall remain in Escrow until delivery to Seller of the materials specified in Paragraph 4(a)
above at which time Seller shall instruct Escrow Holder to immediately return such amount to Buyer; and 
  
 (iii)    Cancellation Fees and Expenses.    Any cancellation charges required to be paid to Escrow Holder and the Title Company shall be borne one-half by Seller and one-half by
Buyer, and all other charges shall be borne by the party incurring same. 
  
 (d)    New
York Style Closing.    It is contemplated that the transaction shall be closed by means of a so called New York Style Closing, with the concurrent delivery of the documents of title, the irrevocable commitment to deliver
the Title Policy and the payment of the Purchase Price. Notwithstanding the foregoing, there shall be no requirement that Seller and Buyer physically meet for the Close of Escrow, and all documents to be delivered at the Close of 

 
 7 

 Escrow shall be delivered to the Escrow Holder unless the parties hereto mutually agree otherwise. Seller and Buyer agree to use reasonable
efforts to complete all requirements for the Close of Escrow prior to the Closing Date; provided, however, if the calendar day immediately preceding the Closing Date is not a business day, then Buyer at its option shall deposit the balance of the
Purchase Price in Escrow on or prior to 9:00 A.M. (California time) on the Closing Date, or if the foregoing amount is deposited in Escrow after 9:00 A.M. (California time) on the Closing Date, then by such time so that the funds due Seller pursuant
to this Agreement are received by Seller in sufficient time for reinvestment on the Closing Date and if the Closing occurs with the “Assumption” (as hereinafter defined), “Lender” (as hereinafter defined) receives the amount
required for payoff of the “Existing Loan” (as hereinafter defined) by the time provided by Lender for payoff of the Existing Loan, and provided further, if such amount is deposited in Escrow after 9:00 A.M. (California time) on the
Closing Date and the funds due Seller pursuant to this Agreement are not received by Seller in sufficient time for reinvestment on the Closing Date and/or if the Closing occurs without the Assumption, Lender does not receive the amount required for
payoff of the Existing Loan by the time provided by Lender for payoff of the Existing Loan, then Buyer shall reimburse Seller for loss of interest due to the failure to reinvest Seller’s funds on the Closing Date and/or any interest charged by
Lender for failure to receive the payoff amount by the time provided by Lender, as applicable. The provisions of the foregoing sentence shall survive the Close of Escrow. Seller and Buyer also agree that disbursement on the Closing Date of the
Purchase Price, as adjusted by the prorations, shall not be conditioned upon the recording of the Deed, but rather upon the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions precedent to the Close of Escrow and the irrevocable agreement by the Title Company
to issue the Title Policy with an effective date that is the time and day of recording the Deed. The date upon which such satisfaction or waiver and such irrevocable agreement occurs shall be the “Close of Escrow”. Seller and Buyer shall
each provide any undertaking to the Title Company reasonably necessary to accommodate the New York Style Closing. In connection with the Close of Escrow, Seller shall furnish to the Title Company a “gap” indemnity in form reasonably
acceptable to the Title Company and Seller, together with such assurances as Title Company may reasonably require in order to satisfy requirements 2 and 4 of the Title Commitment for Title Company’s issuance of the Title Commitment.

  
 6.    Deliveries to Escrow Holder. 
  
 (a)    Seller’s Deliveries.    Seller hereby covenants and agrees to deliver or
cause to be delivered to Escrow Holder at least one (1) business day prior to the Closing Date the following instruments and documents: 
  
 (i)    Deed.    A grant deed (“Deed”), duly executed and acknowledged in recordable form by Seller, conveying Seller’s interest in the Real Property to
Buyer. The Deed shall be the form attached hereto as Exhibit “B”. 
  
 (ii)    Bill of Sale.    A bill of sale (“Bill of Sale”) duly executed by Seller, conveying to Buyer all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the
Personal Property. The Bill of Sale shall be in the form of Exhibit “C” attached hereto. 
  
 (iii)    Assignment and Assumption of Leases.    Two (2) counterparts of an assignment and assumption (“Assignment of Leases”), duly executed by Seller, assigning to

 
 8 

 Buyer all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Leases. The Assignment of Leases shall be in the form of Exhibit
“D” attached hereto. 
  
 (iv)    General
Assignment.    Two (2) counterparts of a general assignment (“General Assignment”), duly executed by Seller, assigning to Buyer all of Seller’s right, title and interest in and to the Contracts and
Intangible Property, all to the extent transferable by Seller. The General Assignment shall be in the form of Exhibit “E” attached hereto. 
  
 (v)    Non-Foreign Certifications.    A certificate duly executed by Seller in the form of Exhibit “F” attached hereto, and a
California Form 597W certificate. 
  
 (vi)    Proof of
Authority.    Such proof of Seller’s authority and authorization to enter into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and such proof of the power and authority of the individual(s) executing and/or
delivering any instruments, documents or certificates on behalf of Seller to act for and bind Seller as may be reasonably required by Title Company. 
  
 (vii)    Tenant Notices of Sale.    Counterparts of notices to each of the Tenants under the Leases in the form attached as Exhibit
“I”, duly executed by Seller (the “Tenant Notices”). 
  
 (viii)    Tenant Estoppel Certificates.    The originally executed Nestlé Estoppel Certificate, if any, obtained pursuant to Paragraph 4(c) above, and any other
tenant estoppel certificates received by Seller, to the extent the same are in the possession or control of Seller and have not previously been delivered to Buyer. 
  
 (ix)    Settlement Statement.    Three (3) counterparts of the “Settlement Statement” (as hereinafter
defined) executed by or on behalf of Seller. 
  
 (b)    Buyer’s
Deliveries.    Buyer hereby covenants and agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to Escrow Holder at least one (1) business day prior to the Closing Date the following instruments and documents: 

 
 (i)    Assignment of Leases.    Two (2) counterparts of the Assignment
of Leases, duly executed by Buyer. 
  
 (ii)    General
Assignment.    Two (2) counterparts of the General Assignment, duly executed by Buyer. 
  
 (iii)    Proof of Authority.    Such proof of Buyer’s authority and authorization to enter into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and such proof of the
power and authority of the individual(s) executing and/or delivering any instruments, documents or certificates on behalf of Buyer to act for and bind Buyer as reasonably may be required by Title Company. 
  
 (iv)    Tenant Notices of Sale.    Counterparts of the Tenant Notices, duly
executed by Buyer. 

 
 9 

  
 (v)    Settlement
Statement.    Three (3) counterparts of the Settlement Statement executed by or on behalf of Buyer. 
  
 7.    Deliveries Upon Close of Escrow.    Upon the Close of Escrow, the following items shall be delivered: 
  
 (a)    Documents.    Seller shall deliver to Buyer outside of Escrow copies (or originals, to the extent available) of
all of the following materials to the extent in Seller’s possession: 
  
 (i)    Leases.    The Leases, all amendments or modifications thereto, and any guaranties given or made in connection therewith. 
  
 (ii)    Records.    Tenant files and other books and records relating to the
Property other than the Excluded Documents. 
  
 (iii)    Certificates of
Occupancy.    Certificates of occupancy for all space within the Improvements. 
  
 (iv)    Surveys and Plans.    All surveys, site plans, plans and specifications for the Improvements and other matters relating to the Property as are described in subparagraph
(a) of the General Assignment. 
  
 (v)    Warranties and
Guaranties.    All warranties and guaranties given or made with respect to the Improvements or any of the equipment therein, including, without limitation, all operating manuals, repair records, maintenance reports and
similar items. 
  
 (b)    Personal Property.    Seller shall
deliver to Buyer possession of the Personal Property, including without limitation all keys to the improvements on the Real Property. 
  
 (c)    Title Insurance.    The Title Company shall issue or shall irrevocably agree to issue the Title Policy to Buyer. 
  
 8.    Costs and Expenses.    Seller shall pay a portion of the title premium for the
Title Policy equal to the premium for CLTA coverage in the amount of the Purchase Price. Buyer shall pay any title premiums associated with extended coverage ALTA liability, any title endorsements requested by Buyer, and the cost of a new as-built
survey or any update to Seller’s existing as-built survey commissioned by Buyer in connection with obtaining extended title coverage. Buyer shall pay all other due diligence expenses provided, however, that Buyer and Seller shall each pay
one-half of Escrow Holder’s charges. Seller shall pay the customary recording charges with respect to the Deed. Seller shall pay the documentary transfer tax. Buyer and Seller shall each bear their own legal and professional fees and expenses
and any other costs incurred by such party. 

 
 10 

  
 9.    Prorations. 
  
 (a)    General.    Subject to the following provisions of this Paragraph 9,
rentals, revenues, and other income, if any, from the Property shall be apportioned on the basis of the period for which the same is payable and if, as and when collected, and real property taxes and operating expenses, if any, affecting the
Property shall be prorated on an accrual basis, each as of midnight on the day preceding the Close of Escrow. For purposes of calculating prorations, Buyer shall be deemed to be in title to the Property, and therefore entitled to the income and
responsible for the expenses, for the entire day upon which the Close of Escrow occurs. 
  
 (b)    Rentals.    Buyer shall apply rentals received from Tenants under the Leases after Closing in the following order of priority: first, to payment of rentals due for the
month in which the Closing Date occurs, which amount shall be apportioned between Seller and Buyer as of the Closing Date as set forth in Paragraph 9(a); second, to payment of rentals first coming due after the Closing and applicable to the
period of time after Closing, which amount shall be retained by Buyer; and third, to payment of rentals which were due and payable as of the Closing but not collected by Seller as of the Closing (“Delinquent Rents”). Buyer shall have no
liability to Seller for Delinquent Rents, except that Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to collect Delinquent Rents, without filing suit, terminating a Tenant’s Lease or otherwise putting a Tenant into default as a result of
Delinquent Rents. Buyer shall, within ten (10) days after receipt, remit to Seller any sums received by Buyer to which Seller is entitled pursuant to this subparagraph. 
  
 (c)    Reimbursable Tenant Expenses.    Reimbursable Tenant Expenses for the calendar years 2001 and 2002 shall be
prorated at the Close of Escrow based on the parties’ reasonable estimate thereof. Seller shall complete a reconciliation of Reimbursable Tenant Expenses for the calendar year 2002 within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of such
calendar year in a manner consistent with past practices for reconciliation of Reimbursable Tenant Expenses and Buyer shall have the right to reasonably review and approve such reconciliation. Based upon such reconciliation, Seller shall pay to
Buyer or at Buyer’s request, pay directly to the Tenant entitled thereto, any excess Reimbursable Tenant Expenses collected by Seller, or Buyer shall pay to Seller any additional Reimbursable Tenant Expenses owed Seller for Seller’s period
of ownership. As used herein, the term “Reimbursable Tenant Expenses” shall mean payments required to be paid by Tenants under Leases for such Tenant’s share of ad valorem taxes, insurance, common area maintenance and/or other
operating expenses of the Property and insurance premiums paid by Seller for insurance maintained by Nestlé on behalf of Seller. The provisions of this Paragraph 9(c) shall survive the Close of Escrow. 
  
 (d)    Taxes and Assessments.    All non-delinquent real estate taxes, personal
property taxes and current installments of assessments affecting the Property which are payable by Seller shall be prorated as of the Close of Escrow based on the actual current tax bill. All delinquent taxes and assessments, if any, affecting the
Property which are payable by Seller shall be paid at the Close of Escrow from funds accruing to Seller. Any refunds of real estate taxes and assessments attributable to the period prior to the Close of Escrow shall be paid to Seller upon receipt,
whether such receipt occurs before or after the Close of Escrow. 

 
 11 

  
 (e)    Operating
Expenses.    All utility service charges for electricity, heat and air conditioning service, other utilities, elevator maintenance, common area maintenance, taxes (other than real estate taxes and income taxes) such as
rental taxes, and other expenses affecting the Property which are payable by Seller and any other costs incurred in the ordinary course of business or the management and operation of the Property shall be prorated on an accrual basis. Seller shall
pay all such expenses that accrue prior to the Close of Escrow and Buyer shall pay all such expenses accruing on the Close of Escrow and thereafter. To the extent possible, Seller and Buyer shall obtain billings and meter readings as of the Close of
Escrow to aid in such prorations. If utility bills are not finalized as of the Close of Escrow, Seller and Buyer hereby agree to prorate as of midnight preceding the date of Closing and to pay their respective share of all utility bills received
subsequent to Closing (if such bills include a service period prior to the date of Closing), which agreement shall survive the Close of Escrow. Seller shall be entitled to all deposits currently in effect with utility providers to the Real Property.

  
 (f)    Leasing Expenses.    Seller shall be responsible
for, and shall indemnify and hold Buyer harmless against, any brokerage commissions, tenant improvement expenses and other leasing costs (collectively, “Lease Inducement Costs”), if any, due and payable in connection with Leases or
amendments to Leases which are executed prior to the Effective Date. Buyer shall receive a credit toward the payment of the Purchase Price at the Close of Escrow in an amount equal to the Lease Inducement Costs payable by Seller pursuant to the
preceding sentence which have not been paid as of the Close of Escrow. Buyer shall be responsible for, and shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless against, any other Lease Inducement Costs. Seller shall receive a credit at the Closing for any Lease
Inducement Costs paid by Seller prior to the Close of Escrow which are the responsibility of Buyer to pay pursuant to the preceding sentence. The provisions of this Paragraph 9(f) shall survive the Close of Escrow. 
  
 (g)    Security Deposits.    At the Close of Escrow, Seller shall, at Seller’s
option, either deliver to Buyer any security deposits held by Seller pursuant to the Leases or credit to the account of Buyer the amount of such security deposits (to the extent such security deposits have not been applied against delinquent rentals
or otherwise as provided in the Leases). 
  
 (h)    Method of
Proration.    Buyer and Seller shall agree on a schedule of prorations (the “Settlement Statement”) prior to the Closing Date with respect to the Property, which prorations shall be final except as to
Reimbursable Tenant Expenses for the calendar year 2002 which shall be estimated at the Close of Escrow and subsequently adjusted as provided in Paragraph 9(c) above and except as to utilities if utility bills are not finalized as of the
Close of Escrow as provided in Paragraph 9(e) above. Such prorations shall be paid by Buyer to Seller (if the prorations result in a net credit to the Seller) or by Seller to Buyer (if the prorations result in a net credit to the Buyer) by
increasing or reducing the cash to be paid by Buyer at the Close of Escrow. The prorations as agreed upon by Buyer and Seller in the Settlement Statement shall be included in the closing statements prepared by Escrow Holder for Buyer and Seller.

  
 10.    Disbursements and Other Actions by Escrow
Holder.    At the Closing Date, Escrow Holder shall promptly undertake all of the following in the manner hereinbelow indicated: 

 
 12 

  
 (a)    Funds.    Disburse
all funds deposited with Escrow Holder by Buyer in payment of the Purchase Price and Buyer’s additional expenses as follows, but in all events in accordance with the Settlement Statement: 
  

(i)    Deduct all items chargeable to the account of Seller pursuant to Paragraph 8. 
  
 (ii)    If, as the result of the prorations and credits pursuant to Paragraph 9, or as a result of
expenses to be paid by Seller pursuant to Paragraph 8, amounts are to be charged to account of Seller, deduct the total amount of such charges. 
  
 (iii)    Disburse the remaining balance of the funds to Seller promptly upon the Close of Escrow in accordance with Seller’s wire transfer instructions and the
Settlement Statement. 
  
 (b)    Recording.    Cause the Deed
(with documentary transfer tax information to be affixed after recording), and any other documents which the parties hereto may mutually direct to be recorded in the Official Records of Los Angeles County and obtain conformed copies thereof for
distribution to Buyer and Seller. 
  
 (c)    Title
Policy.    Direct the Title Company to issue the Title Policy to Buyer. 
  
 (d)    Disbursement of Documents to Buyer.    Disburse to Buyer fully executed originals of the Bill of Sale, the Assignment of Leases, the General Assignment, the Settlement
Statement, the Tenant Notices (and Buyer shall promptly deliver the Tenant Notices to the Tenants), and any other documents (or copies thereof) deposited into Escrow by Seller pursuant hereto. 
  

(e)    Disbursement of Documents to Seller.    Disburse to Seller fully executed originals of the Assignment of
Leases, the General Assignment and the Settlement Statement. 
  
 11.    AS-IS Sale and
Purchase; Release.    Buyer acknowledges that the provisions of this Paragraph 11 have been required by Seller as a material inducement to enter into the contemplated transactions, and the intent and effect of such
provisions have been explained to Buyer by Buyer’s counsel and have been understood and agreed to by Buyer. 
  
 (a)    Buyer’s Acknowledgment.    As a material inducement to Seller to enter into this Agreement and to convey the Property to Buyer, Buyer hereby acknowledges and agrees
that except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement: 
  
 (i)    AS
IS.    Buyer is purchasing the Property in its existing condition, “AS-IS, WHERE-IS, WITH ALL FAULTS”, and has, as of the date hereof, made or have waived all inspections and investigations of the Property and
its vicinity which Buyer believes are necessary to protect its own interest in, and its contemplated use of, the Property. 
  
 (ii)    No Representations.    Other than the express representations and warranties and covenants of Seller contained in this Agreement, neither Seller, its partners, nor any
person or entity acting by or on behalf of Seller, or any officer, director, employee, agent, 

 
 13 

 affiliate, successor or assign of any of the foregoing has made any representation, warranty, inducement, promise, agreement, assurance or
statement, oral or written, of any kind to Buyer upon which Buyer is relying, or in connection with which Buyer has made or will make any decisions concerning the Property or its vicinity including, without limitation, its use, condition, value,
compliance with Governmental Regulations, status of Contracts and Leases, amounts of money owed to or owed by Seller, disputes with third parties, existence or absence of Hazardous Materials, the status of the construction of tenant improvements,
whether completed or in progress, or the permissibility, feasibility, or convertibility of all or any portion of the Property for any particular use or purpose, including without limitation its present or future prospects for sale, lease,
development, occupancy or suitability as security for financing. As used herein, the term “Governmental Regulations” means any laws, ordinances, rules, requirements, resolutions, policy statements and regulations (including, without
limitation, those relating to land use, subdivision, zoning, Hazardous Materials, occupational health and safety, handicapped access, water, earthquake hazard reduction, and building and fire codes) of any governmental or quasi-governmental body or
agency claiming jurisdiction over the Property. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” means any hazardous or toxic substance, material or waste which is now or hereafter the subject of Governmental Regulations, including without
limitation any material or substance which is (A) defined as a “hazardous waste,” “extremely hazardous waste” or “restricted hazardous waste” under Section 25115, 25117 or 25122.7, or listed pursuant to Section 25140,
or the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.5 (Hazardous Waste Control Law), (B) defined as a “hazardous substance” under Section 25316 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20, Chapter 6.8
(Carpenter-Presley-Tanner Hazardous Substance Account Act), (C) defined as a “hazardous material,” “hazardous substance,” or “hazardous waste” under Section 25501 of the California Health and Safety Code, Division 20,
Chapter 6.7 (Underground Storage of Hazardous Substances), (D) petroleum and other hydrocarbons, (E) asbestos, (F) listed under Article 9 or defined as hazardous or extremely hazardous pursuant to Article 11 of Title 22 of California Administrative
Code, Division 4, Chapter 20, (G) designated as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 311 of the Federal Water Pollution Control Act 33 U.S.C. § 1251 et. seq., (33 U.S.C. §1321) or as listed pursuant to § 307 of the
Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. § 1317), (H) defined as a “hazardous waste” pursuant to Section 1004 of the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. (42 U.S.C. § 9601), (I)
defined as a “hazardous substance” pursuant to Section 101 of the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. § 9601 et seq., or (J) associated with the so-called “sick
building syndrome.” 
  
 (iii)    No Implied
Warranties.    EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THIS AGREEMENT, SELLER HEREBY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES IMPLIED BY LAW ARISING OUT OF OR WITH RESPECT TO THE EXECUTION OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ASPECT OR ELEMENT OF THE
PROPERTY, OR THE PERFORMANCE OF SELLER’S OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND/OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 
  
 (iv)    Information Supplied by Seller.    Buyer specifically acknowledges and agrees that, except as expressly
provided to the contrary in this Agreement, Seller has made, is making, and shall make, no representation or warranty of any nature concerning the 

 
 14 

 accuracy or completeness of Seller’s Documents, or the authenticity, source, accuracy or completeness of any information contained in such
Seller’s Documents or any other documents previously or hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Seller to Buyer, including without limitation the Contracts, the Leases, and various studies, inspections, reports and exhibits and correspondence
relating thereto. Buyer further acknowledges that Seller has not reviewed and is under no obligation to review any files in Seller’s possession or which may be available to Seller. As to certain of the materials made available to Buyer in
Seller’s Documents, Buyer specifically acknowledges that they have been prepared by third parties with whom Buyer has no privity and Buyer acknowledges and agrees that no warranty or representation, express or implied, has been made, nor shall
any be deemed to have been made, to Buyer with respect thereto, either by Seller or by any third parties that prepared the same. Buyer waives any claim of any nature against anyone should any information, conclusion, projection, or other statement
of any nature contained in any of such materials prove not to be true or accurate for any reason. 
  
 (v)    Negotiated Purchase Price.    Buyer represents and warrants to Seller that Buyer is specifically familiar with the Property and that Buyer has inspected and examined, or
will inspect and examine, all aspects of the Property and its current condition that Buyer believes to be relevant to its decision to purchase the Property. Buyer further acknowledges and agrees that the Purchase Price negotiated by Seller and Buyer
reflects the known and unknown risks and liabilities assumed by Buyer under the Agreement, Seller’s unwillingness to conduct any investigation or due diligence with respect to the Property on behalf of Buyer, and Seller’s desire to receive
an absolutely net, fixed amount as consideration for the sale of the Property regardless of any facts known or discovered before or following the Close of Escrow which might result in a diminution in value of the Property. 
  
 (vi)    Buyer’s Investigation of Property.    Buyer has investigated all
physical and economic aspects of the Property and made all inspections and investigations of the Property which Buyer deems necessary or desirable to protect its interests in acquiring the Property, including, without limitation, review of the
Leases (and the rights of the Tenants thereunder), building permits, certificates of occupancy, environmental audits and assessments, toxic reports, surveys, investigation of land use and development rights, development restrictions and conditions
that are or may be imposed by governmental agencies, agreements with associations affecting or concerning the Property, the condition of title, soils and geological reports, engineering and structural tests, insurance contracts, contracts for work
in progress, marketing studies, cost-to-complete studies, governmental agreements and approvals, architectural plans and site plans. All matters concerning the Property have been independently verified by Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase the Property
on Buyer’s own knowledge of the Property and Buyer’s prior investigation and examination of the Property (or Buyer’s election not to do so). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Buyer and Seller acknowledge that any
written disclosures made by Seller to Buyer prior to the Closing shall constitute notice to Buyer of the matter disclosed, and Seller shall have no further liability thereafter if Buyer thereafter consummates the transaction contemplated hereby.
Buyer agrees that it shall make an independent investigation of the matters set forth in any such disclosures as well as all other matters relating to the Property and, except to the extent of Seller’s express representations and warranties
contained in this Agreement, Buyer shall not rely on any specific information or any other materials provided by Seller. 

 
 15 

  
 (b)    Release.    In
consideration of the foregoing and notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, effective as of the Close of Escrow and except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, Buyer hereby releases Seller,
its partners, and their officers, directors, shareholders, agents, affiliates, employees and successors and assigns from and against any and all claims, obligations and liabilities arising out of or in connection with the Property. Buyer agrees that
there is a risk that subsequent to the execution of this Agreement, Buyer will suffer losses, damages or injuries which are unknown and unanticipated at the time this Agreement is signed. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this
Agreement, Buyer hereby assumes such risk and agrees that the release contained in this Paragraph 11(b) SHALL APPLY TO ALL UNKNOWN OR UNANTICIPATED CLAIMS, AS WELL AS THOSE KNOWN AND ANTICIPATED, and Buyer’s does hereby waive any and all
rights under California Civil Code Sec. 1542, which section has been duly explained and reads as follows: 
  
 “A
general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor.” 

 
 Buyer’s Initials 
 /s/    [ILLEGIBLE] 
  
 12.    Seller’s
Representations and Warranties.    The following constitute representations and warranties of Seller: 
  
 (a)    Power.    Seller has the legal power, right and authority to enter into this Agreement and the instruments referenced herein, and to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby. 
  
 (b)    Requisite Action.    All
requisite action (corporate, trust, partnership or otherwise) has been taken by Seller in connection with entering into this Agreement and the instruments referenced herein, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein. 

 
 (c)    Authority.    The individuals executing this Agreement and the
instruments referenced herein on behalf of Seller have the legal power, right and actual authority to bind Seller to the terms and conditions hereof and thereof. 
  
 (d)    Violation.    The execution and performance of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby do not violate and are not restricted by
or in conflict with any other agreement, contractual obligation, corporate documents, court or regulatory order or statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or other law to which Seller is a party or by which Seller is bound. 
  
 (e)    Tenants.    To Seller’s actual knowledge, the tenants
(“Tenants”) under the Leases in effect as of the Effective Date are identified on Exhibit “J” attached hereto. 
  
 (f)    Leases.    To Seller’s actual knowledge, the Leases and all modifications and amendments thereto in effect as of the Effective Date are identified on
Exhibit “K” attached 

 
 16 

 hereto. To Seller’s actual knowledge, except for Seller’s assignment of the Leases and rents thereunder for the benefit of Lender
pursuant to the Existing Loan documents, Seller has not assigned, conveyed, pledged or encumbered any of Seller’s interest in the Leases or right to receive rents payable thereunder to any person or entity. No brokerage commissions with respect
to any of the Leases are due and payable to Seller, to any partner or member of Seller, or to any party affiliated with Seller or any partner or member of Seller. 
  
 (g)    Litigation.    To Seller’s actual knowledge, except as disclosed on Exhibit “L”, there is
no pending or threatened litigation, arbitration, mediation or administrative proceedings against Seller with respect to the Property that arises out of the ownership or operation of the Property and that if determined adversely to Seller or with
respect to the Property would materially and adversely affect the use or operation of the Property for its intended purposes or would materially and adversely affect the ability of Seller to perform its obligation under this Agreement. 

 
 (h)    Notices.    To Seller’s actual knowledge, except as disclosed
on Exhibit “M”, Seller has received no written notice from any governmental entity (i) that the Property, or the operation or use of the same, does not comply with any law, ordinance or regulation (including those pertaining to
Hazardous Materials) in any material respect or (ii) of any pending or threatened application for changes in the zoning applicable to the Property or any portion thereof. 
  
 (i)    Condemnation.    To Seller’s actual knowledge, Seller has not received any written notice of the
institution of any condemnation of the Property or of any pending or threatened condemnation proceedings (or proceedings in the nature or in lieu thereof) affecting the Property or any portion thereof. 
  
 (j)    Proceedings Affecting Access.    To Seller’s actual knowledge, Seller
has not received written notice of any pending or threatened proceedings which would impair or restrict access between the Property and adjacent public roads. 
  
 (k)    Seller’s Knowledge.    Whenever the phrase “to Seller’s actual knowledge” is used in this Paragraph 12, such
phrase shall mean and refer to the actual knowledge (as opposed to imputed or constructive knowledge) of Jordan L. Kaplan or William Kamer (each of whom has actual knowledge of the Property) without any duty of due inquiry. 
  
 Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if Buyer acquires any actual knowledge (as opposed to imputed or constructive knowledge),
whether by notice from Seller to Buyer or otherwise, prior to the Close of Escrow which renders any of the above representations and warranties of Seller inaccurate or incomplete, such representations and warranties shall be deemed modified to
reflect the disclosure of such information. The above representations and warranties of Seller shall survive the Close of Escrow for a period of twelve (12) months. 
  
 13.    Buyer’s Representations and Warranties.    In addition to any express agreements of Buyer contained
herein, the following constitute representations and warranties of Buyer: 

 
 17 

  
 (a)    Power.    Buyer has
the legal power, right and authority to enter into this Agreement and the instruments referenced herein, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby. 
  
 (b)    Requisite Action.    All requisite action (corporate, trust, partnership or otherwise) has been taken by Buyer in connection with entering
into this Agreement and the instruments referenced herein, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby. 
  
 (c)    Authority.    The individuals executing this Agreement and the instruments referenced herein on behalf of Buyer have the legal power, right and actual authority to bind
Buyer to the terms and conditions hereof and thereof. 
  
 (d)    Violation.    The execution and performance of this Agreement and the documents contemplated hereby do not violate and are not restricted by or in conflict with any other
agreement, contractual obligation, corporate documents, court or regulatory order or statute, ordinance, rule, regulation or other law to which Buyer is a party or by which Buyer is bound. 
  
 (e)    Principal.    Buyer has executed this Agreement as a principal on its own behalf and not as an agent of
undisclosed third parties. 
  
 The above representations and warranties of Buyer shall survive the Close of Escrow
for a period of twelve (12) months. 
  
 14.    Covenants of Buyer and Seller.

  
 (a)    Access by Buyer.    Subject to the rights of
Tenants and the requirements of Paragraph 14(b), Buyer and Buyer’s agents and representatives shall have the right to enter upon the Real Property at all reasonable times in order to conduct such inspections, tests or studies as Buyer
may deem appropriate, excluding invasive investigations of the Land or Improvements thereon; except that any such entry shall be coordinated with Seller and Seller’s property manager or other agent of Seller in control of the Property, and
shall be conducted in such a manner as to cause the least disruption possible in the on-going operation of the Property. Any damage caused to the Property in connection with any inspection, test, or study shall be promptly and fully repaired by
Buyer and the Property returned to its prior condition, all at Buyer’s cost. In no event shall Buyer, prior to the Close of Escrow, indicate in any way that Buyer owns or holds any other rights of any nature in the Property or any portion
thereof, or that Buyer is in any manner acting on behalf of Seller. Buyer shall keep the Property free and clear of any mechanic’s liens or materialmen’s liens arising out of any of Buyer’s activities or those of its agents and
representatives. Not less than one (1) business day prior to any work being conducted on the Real Property by or for the benefit of Buyer, which work could be the basis for the filing of a mechanic’s lien claim against the Real Property if such
work were not duly paid for, Buyer shall obtain Seller’s written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld) and shall allow Seller to post such notices of non-responsibility with respect thereto as Seller may deem appropriate. Further, Buyer
hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Seller harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, liability or expense to the extent arising out of the acts or omissions of Buyer or its agents or representatives in connection with such activities,
including without limitation all legal 

 
 18 

 expenses incurred by Seller in connection therewith. The indemnity provided herein shall survive the termination of this Agreement and shall not
be limited by the insurance required to be maintained under Paragraph 14(b). 
  
 (b)    Insurance.    Prior to any activity undertaken on the Real Property by Buyer, Buyer shall furnish Seller with a copy of an insurance policy (which may be a blanket policy),
from an insurer acceptable to Seller, and the original of a certificate of insurance showing all premiums due on the policy to have been paid and showing the insurance to be in full force and effect, such policy to name Seller as an additional
insured and to provide coverage against any claim for personal liability or property damage caused by Buyer, its agents or representatives, with a combined single limit liability of not less than Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00) per
occurrence, insuring the Real Property against any damage caused by any of them with a limit of liability of not less than Two Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000.00), and not amendable or cancellable on less than thirty (30) days prior written
notice. 
  
 (c)    Continued Operation.    Following the
execution of this Agreement and through the Close of Escrow, Seller covenants to own, operate and maintain its interests in the items comprising the Property in substantially the same manner as presently owned, operated and maintained, and in
accordance with commercially reasonable business practices. In addition, Seller agrees not to enter into any new Lease or amend or terminate any existing Lease (except to the extent required to do so under the terms of such existing Lease or in
connection with the enforcement of such Lease) without the approval of Buyer, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. If Buyer fails to give Seller notice of Buyer’s approval or disapproval of any such proposed action by Seller
within three (3) business days after Buyer’s receipt of Seller’s written request for approval, which request shall specify with particularity the proposed action by Seller, then Buyer shall be conclusively deemed to have given its approval
to such action. Seller hereby covenants that, from the Effective Date to and including the date of Closing, Seller shall not grant or otherwise create or consent to the creation of any easement, restriction, lien, assessment, or encumbrance
respecting the Property which will continue to affect the Property after the Closing. 
  
 (d)    Removal of Personal Property.    Seller shall neither transfer nor remove any Personal Property from the Property after the Effective Date except for the purposes of
replacement thereof, in which case such replacements shall be promptly installed and shall be comparable in quality to the items being replaced and/or in the ordinary course of business. 
  
 (e)    Insurance.    From and after the Effective Date, Seller shall, at its expense, continue to maintain the same
property casualty insurance and rent loss insurance covering the Property which is currently being maintained by Seller or shall notify Buyer of any changes thereto. 
  
 (f)    Auditor Access.    If required by the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, at any time before the
Closing or within three (3) years after the Closing, Seller shall provide to Buyer’s designated independent auditor access to Seller’s financial books and records in Seller’s possession concerning the operation the Property (other
than Excluded Documents) for the purpose of enabling Buyer to comply with any financial reporting 

 
 19 

 requirements applicable to Buyer under the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Buyer shall give reasonable prior
notice to Seller when Buyer desires to exercise its right to inspect such books and records. Such inspection shall take place at such offices of Seller or Seller’s asset manager or other location as Seller shall designate during normal business
hours and on a date reasonably convenient to Seller and Buyer. 
  
 15.    Casualty and
Condemnation.    In the event that all or any portion of the Property is materially damaged, or in the event that a material portion of the Property is subjected to a threat of condemnation, Buyer shall have the right to
terminate this Agreement by giving written notice thereof to Seller and Escrow Holder within five (5) business days after written notice from Seller of such damage or threatened condemnation. For purposes hereof, “material” shall mean an
estimated repair, reconstruction or replacement cost in excess of Five Hundred Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($500,000.00). If Buyer elects to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Paragraph 15, the Deposit, and any interest accruing
thereon, shall be refunded to Buyer. In the event the damage or condemnation is not “material”, or if Buyer does not timely elect to terminate this Agreement as aforesaid, this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and the
parties shall proceed to the Close of Escrow without reduction in the Purchase Price, except that Seller shall assign to Buyer any insurance proceeds received or receivable by Seller under the insurance required to be maintained by Seller pursuant
to Paragraph 14(e) above as a result of such damage (including any proceeds of any rent loss insurance to the extent relating to the period of time commencing on the Closing Date), together with an amount equal to Seller’s deductible
amount, or any award received or receivable by Seller as a result of such threatened condemnation. Seller shall not settle or release any insurance claims for damage to the Property to the extent same will not be repaired as of the Closing Date
without obtaining Buyer’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. At such time as all or a part of the Property is subjected to a bona fide threat of condemnation and Buyer shall not have elected to
terminate this Agreement as hereinabove provided, Buyer shall be permitted to participate in the proceedings as if Buyer were also a party in the action. 
  
 16.    Notices.    All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be personally delivered
(including by means of professional messenger service or air express utilizing receipts) or sent by telecopy, receipt confirmed, or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed received only
upon the date of actual receipt thereof. 
  
 
	  	 	 To Seller:
 	  	 Douglas Emmett Joint Venture
 
	  	 	  	  	 c/o Douglas, Emmett and Company
 
	  	 	  	  	 808 Wilshire Boulevard, Suite 200
 
	  	 	  	  	 Santa Monica, California 90401
 
	  	 	  	  	 Attention: Jordan L. Kaplan and William Kamer
 
	  	 	  	  	 Telephone: (310) 255-7712
 
	  	 	  	  	 Facsimile: (310) 255-7702
 

 

 
 20 

  
 
	  	 	 With a copy to:
 	 	 Cox, Castle & Nicholson LLP
 
	  	 	  	 	 2049 Century Park East, 28th Floor
 
	  	 	  	 	 Los Angeles, California 90067
 
	  	 	  	 	 Attention: Marlene D. Goodfried
 
	  	 	  	 	 Telephone: (310) 284-2268
 
	  	 	  	 	 Facsimile: (310) 277-7889
 
	 
	  	 	 To Buyer:
 	 	 Wells Operating Partnership, L.P.
 
	  	 	  	 	 6200 The Corners Parkway, Suite 250
 
	  	 	  	 	 Atlanta, Georgia 30092
 
	  	 	  	 	 Attention: Raymond L. Owens
 
	  	 	  	 	 Telephone: (770) 243-8589
 
	  	 	  	 	 Facsimile: (770) 243-8510
 
	 
	  	 	 With a copy to:
 	 	 Troutman Sanders LLP
 
	  	 	  	 	 600 Peachtree Street, N.E, Suite 5200
 
	  	 	  	 	 Atlanta, Georgia 30308
 
	  	 	  	 	 Attention: John W. Griffin
 
	  	 	  	 	 Telephone: (404) 885-3150
 
	  	 	  	 	 Facsimile: (404) 962-6577
 
	 
	  	 	 To Escrow Holder:
 	 	 Chicago Title Company
 
	  	 	  	 	 700 South Flower Street, Suite 900
 
	  	 	  	 	 Los Angeles, California 90017
 
	  	 	  	 	 Attention: Amy Hiraheta
 
	  	 	  	 	 Telephone: (213) 488-4358
 
	  	 	  	 	 Facsimile: (213) 488-4384
 

 
  
 Notice of change of address shall be given by written notice in the manner detailed in
this Paragraph 16. 
  
 17.    Commissions.    If the
Close of Escrow occurs, Seller shall pay a broker’s commission directly to Secured Capital Corp. (“Broker”) pursuant to a separate agreement between Seller and Broker. Other than as specified in the preceding sentence, Buyer
represents and warrants to Seller, and Seller represents and warrants to Buyer, that no other advisor, broker or finder has been engaged by it, respectively, in connection with any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or to its
knowledge is in any way connected with any of such transactions. In the event of any such claims for additional advisor’s, brokers’ or finders’ fees or commissions in connection with the negotiation, execution or consummation of this
Agreement, then as a covenant which shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the Close of Escrow, Buyer shall indemnify, save harmless and defend Seller from and against such claims if they shall be based upon any statement or
representation or agreement by Buyer, and Seller shall indemnify, save harmless and defend Buyer if such claims shall be based upon any statement, representation or agreement made by Seller. Buyer acknowledges that certain partners and affiliates of
partners of Seller are licensed California real estate brokers, but such partners and affiliates of partners are not acting as brokers in the transactions contemplated herein. 

 
 21 

  
 18.    Legal and Equitable Enforcement of this
Agreement. 
  
 (a)    Default by Seller.    IN THE
EVENT THE CLOSE OF ESCROW AND THE CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS HEREIN CONTEMPLATED DO NOT OCCUR BY REASON OF ANY DEFAULT BY SELLER, BUYER SHALL BE ENTITLED TO EITHER (1) TERMINATE THIS AGREEMENT AND RECEIVE A REFUND OF THE DEPOSIT, AND ANY
INTEREST ACCRUING THEREON, AND SELLER SHALL PAY TO BUYER AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE LESSER OF (A) BUYER’S ACTUAL OUT-OF-POCKET EXPENDITURES INCURRED DIRECTLY IN CONNECTION WITH NEGOTIATING THIS AGREEMENT AND/OR CONDUCTING DUE DILIGENCE ACTIVITIES
CONTEMPLATED HEREUNDER, OR (B) TWO HUNDRED THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($200,000.00); OR (2) BRING AN ACTION FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE. IF BUYER FAILS TO BRING AN ACTION FOR SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE WITHIN TWENTY (20) DAYS FOLLOWING THE DATE UPON WHICH
THE CLOSING WAS TO HAVE OCCURRED, BUYER SHALL BE DEEMED TO HAVE ELECTED TO TERMINATE THIS AGREEMENT AND RECEIVE A REFUND OF THE DEPOSIT. IF, HOWEVER, SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE IS NOT AVAILABLE TO BUYER AS THE RESULT OF THE WILLFUL AND WRONGFUL CONVEYANCE
OF THE PROPERTY BY SELLER TO A BONA FIDE PURCHASER WHICH CONVEYANCE OCCURS ON OR BEFORE DECEMBER 31, 2002, BUYER SHALL HAVE THE RIGHT TO SEEK ACTUAL DAMAGES FROM SELLER. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE TO BUYER FOR ANY PUNITIVE, SPECULATIVE OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY CONTAINED IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY EXHIBITS ATTACHED HERETO OR IN ANY DOCUMENTS EXECUTED OR TO BE EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH (COLLECTIVELY, INCLUDING THIS AGREEMENT, SAID
EXHIBITS AND ALL SUCH DOCUMENTS, THE “PURCHASE DOCUMENTS”), IT IS EXPRESSLY UNDERSTOOD AND AGREED BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO THAT: (I) THE RECOURSE OF BUYER OR ITS SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS AGAINST SELLER AND ITS PARTNERS WITH RESPECT
TO THE ALLEGED BREACH BY OR ON THE PART OF SELLER OF ANY REPRESENTATION, WARRANTY, COVENANT, UNDERTAKING, INDEMNITY OR AGREEMENT CONTAINED IN ANY OF THE PURCHASE DOCUMENTS (COLLECTIVELY, “SELLER’S UNDERTAKINGS”) SHALL (X) BE DEEMED
WAIVED UNLESS BUYER HAS DELIVERED TO SELLER WRITTEN NOTICE THAT BUYER IS SEEKING RECOURSE UNDER SELLER’S UNDERTAKINGS (THE “RECOURSE NOTICE”) AFTER THE CLOSING DATE BUT ON OR BEFORE THE DATE THAT IS TWELVE (12) MONTHS FOLLOWING THE
CLOSING DATE AND BUYER HAS FILED SUIT WITH RESPECT THERETO ON OR BEFORE SUCH DATE, AND (Y) BE LIMITED TO AN AMOUNT NOT TO EXCEED THE AMOUNT OF ONE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($1,000,000.00) IN THE AGGREGATE OF ALL RECOURSE OF BUYER UNDER THE
PURCHASE DOCUMENTS, PROVIDED HOWEVER, BUYER SHALL HAVE NO RIGHT TO FILE SUIT FOR RECOURSE UNDER SELLER’S UNDERTAKINGS UNLESS AND UNTIL THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF SUCH RECOURSE EXCEEDS, IN THE AGGREGATE, FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS
($50,000.00); PROVIDED FURTHER, THAT IN THE EVENT ANY JUDGMENT AGAINST SELLER FOR RECOURSE UNDER SELLER’S UNDERTAKINGS (EXCLUSIVE OF ANY AWARD FOR PROFESSIONAL FEES AS DESCRIBED IN PARAGRAPH 21(E) BELOW) IS FOR AN 

 
 22 

 AMOUNT LESS THAN FIFTY THOUSAND AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($50,000.00), THEN SELLER SHALL BE DEEMED TO BE THE PREVAILING PARTY (INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION FOR THE PURPOSES OF PARAGRAPH 21(E) BELOW) AND SELLER SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY THEREFOR; AND (II) NO PERSONAL LIABILITY OR PERSONAL RESPONSIBILITY OF ANY SORT WITH RESPECT TO ANY OF SELLER’S UNDERTAKINGS OR ANY ALLEGED BREACH
THEREOF IS ASSUMED BY, OR SHALL AT ANY TIME BE ASSERTED OR ENFORCEABLE AGAINST, SELLER, SELLER’S PARTNERS, OR AGAINST ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SHAREHOLDERS, DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS, CONSTITUENT PARTNERS, MEMBERS, BENEFICIARIES,
TRUSTEES OR REPRESENTATIVES EXCEPT AS PROVIDED IN (I) ABOVE WITH RESPECT TO SELLER. 
  
 (b)    Default by Buyer.    IN THE EVENT THE CLOSE OF ESCROW DOES NOT OCCUR AS HEREIN PROVIDED BY REASON OF ANY DEFAULT OF BUYER, BUYER AND SELLER AGREE THAT IT WOULD BE
IMPRACTICAL AND EXTREMELY DIFFICULT TO ESTIMATE THE DAMAGES WHICH SELLER MAY SUFFER. THEREFORE BUYER AND SELLER DO HEREBY AGREE THAT A REASONABLE ESTIMATE OF THE TOTAL NET DETRIMENT THAT SELLER WOULD SUFFER IN THE EVENT THAT BUYER DEFAULTS AND FAILS
TO COMPLETE THE PURCHASE OF THE PROPERTY IS AND SHALL BE, AS SELLER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY (WHETHER AT LAW OR IN EQUITY), AN AMOUNT EQUAL TO THE DEPOSIT, AND ANY INTEREST ACCRUING THEREON. SAID AMOUNT SHALL BE THE FULL, AGREED AND
LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR THE BREACH OF THIS AGREEMENT BY BUYER, ALL OTHER CLAIMS TO DAMAGES OR OTHER REMEDIES BEING HEREIN EXPRESSLY WAIVED BY SELLER. UPON DEFAULT BY BUYER, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TERMINATED AND NEITHER PARTY SHALL HAVE ANY FURTHER
RIGHTS OR OBLIGATIONS HEREUNDER, EACH TO THE OTHER EXCEPT FOR THE RIGHT OF SELLER TO COLLECT SUCH LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FROM BUYER AND ESCROW HOLDER. 
  
 
	 Buyer’s Initials
 	 	 Seller’s Initials
 
	 
	 /s/    [ILLEGIBLE]
 	 	 /s/    [ILLEGIBLE]
 

 
  
 19.    Assignment.    Prior to the Close of Escrow Buyer shall not assign, transfer or convey its rights and obligations under this Agreement or in the Property without the
prior written consent of Seller, and any purported assignment, transfer or conveyance without such consent of Seller shall be null and void. Any permitted assignee shall succeed to all of Buyer’s rights and remedies hereunder. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, Buyer shall have the right, upon giving at least three (3) business days prior written notice to Seller, to assign this Agreement to Wells Real Estate Investment Trust, Inc. (“Wells Trust”) or Wells Capital, Inc., or any
entity controlled by or under common control with Buyer, Wells Trust or Wells Capital, Inc. without such prior written consent of Seller and such assignee shall be imputed with Buyer’s knowledge and duties under this Agreement and vice versa.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no assignment shall relieve Buyer from its liability under this Agreement. As used in this Paragraph 19(a), the term “control” shall mean the possession of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the applicable entity. 

 
 23 

  
 20.    Confidentiality.    Prior to the Closing, Buyer agrees that it shall keep confidential the information contained in the materials delivered or provided for inspection by
Seller pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise obtained by Buyer in the conduct of its Due Diligence, that it shall use such information only to evaluate the acquisition of the Property from Seller and not in a manner which has an
adverse effect on Seller, and that it shall not disclose such information to any third parties, except that Buyer shall have the right to provide such information (a) to its lenders, consultants, attorneys and prospective investors in connection
with Buyer’s acquisition of the Property (provided that Buyer shall instruct the aforesaid parties to maintain the confidentiality of such information), (b) as required by law or by public company disclosure rules and regulations, or (c) in any
legal proceeding between Buyer and Seller in connection with this Agreement. If the transaction contemplated by this Agreement is not consummated for any reason, Buyer promptly shall return to Seller, and instruct its representatives, consultants,
attorneys, and prospective investors to return to Seller, all copies and originals of information and materials previously provided for inspection by Seller to Buyer. The provisions of this Paragraph 20 shall survive any termination of this
Agreement. 
  
 21.    Miscellaneous. 
  
 (a)    Governing Law.    The parties hereto acknowledge that this Agreement has been
negotiated and entered into in California. The parties hereto expressly agree that this Agreement shall be governed by, interpreted under, and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. 
  
 (b)    Partial Invalidity.    If any term or provision of this Agreement or the
application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held
invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each such term and provision of this Agreement shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law. 
  
 (c)    Waivers.    No waiver of any breach of any covenant or provision herein contained shall be deemed a waiver of
any preceding or succeeding breach thereof, or of any other covenant or provision herein contained. No extension of time for performance of any obligation or act shall be deemed an extension of the time for performance of any other obligation or
act. 
  
 (d)    Successors and Assigns.    This Agreement shall
be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the parties hereto. 
  
 (e)    Professional Fees.    In the event of the bringing of any action or suit by a party hereto against another party hereunder by reason of any breach of any of the covenants,
agreements or provisions on the part of the other party arising out of this Agreement, then in that event the prevailing party shall be entitled to have and recover of and from the other party all costs and expenses of the action or suit, including
actual attorneys’ fees, accounting and engineering fees, and any other professional fees resulting therefrom. 

 
 24 

  
 (f)    Entire
Agreement.    This Agreement (including all Exhibits attached hereto) is the final expression of, and contains the entire agreement between, the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior
understandings with respect thereto. This Agreement may not be modified, changed, supplemented or terminated, nor may any obligations hereunder be waived, except by written instrument signed by the party to be charged or by its agent duly authorized
in writing or as otherwise expressly permitted herein. The parties do not intend to confer any benefit hereunder on any person, firm or corporation other than the parties hereto. 
  
 (g)    Time of Essence.    Seller and Buyer hereby acknowledge and agree that time is strictly of the essence with
respect to each and every term, condition, obligation and provision hereof and that failure to timely perform any of the terms, conditions, obligations or provisions hereof by either party shall constitute a material breach of and a non-curable (but
waivable) default under this Agreement by the party so failing to perform. 
  
 (h)    Construction.    Headings at the beginning of each paragraph and subparagraph are solely for the convenience of the parties and are not a part of the Agreement. Whenever
required by the context of this Agreement, the singular shall include the plural and the masculine shall include the feminine and vice versa. This Agreement shall not be construed as if it had been prepared by one of the parties, but rather as if
both parties had prepared the same. Unless otherwise indicated, all references to paragraphs and subparagraphs are to this Agreement. All exhibits referred to in this Agreement are attached and incorporated by this reference. In the event the date
on which Buyer or Seller is required to take any action under the terms of this Agreement is not a business day, the action shall be taken on the next succeeding business day. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “business day” shall
mean any day other than Saturday, Sunday or any day upon which banks in the State of California are required or permitted to be closed. 
  
 (i)    Authority.    The individuals signing below represent and warrant that they have the requisite authority to bind the entities on whose behalf they are signing.

  
 (j)    Severability.    The invalidity or unenforceability
of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or unenforceability of any other provisions of this Agreement. 
  
 (k)    Further Assurances.    The parties hereto agree to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all additional papers, documents and other
assurances and shall perform any and all acts and things reasonably necessary in connection with the performance of the obligations hereunder to carry out the interest of the parties hereto. 
  
 (l)    Counterparts.    This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Agreement shall be effective and binding on the parties upon delivery by facsimile of counterparts of this Agreement signed by Seller and Buyer. Each signatory
shall provide a counterpart copy of this Agreement bearing an original signature within three (3) business days after written request. 

 
 25 

  
 (m)    THE SUBMISSION OF THIS AGREEMENT FOR
EXAMINATION IS NOT INTENDED TO NOR SHALL CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A RESERVATION OF, OR OPTION OR PROPOSAL OF ANY KIND FOR THE PURCHASE OF THE PROPERTY. IN NO EVENT SHALL ANY DRAFT OF THIS AGREEMENT CREATE ANY OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY, IT BEING
UNDERSTOOD THAT THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AND BINDING ONLY WHEN A COUNTERPART HEREOF HAS BEEN EXECUTED AND DELIVERED BY EACH PARTY HERETO TO ESCROW HOLDER. 
  
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date and year hereinabove written. 
  
 
	  	 	 “Seller”
 
	 
	  	 	 DOUGLAS EMMETT JOINT VENTURE, a

 California general
partnership
 
	 
	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Douglas Emmett Realty Fund, a California limited partnership, its General Partner
 
	 
	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Douglas Emmett Realty Advisors, a
 California corporation, its
General
 Partner
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	          By:    /s/    Jordan L.
Kaplan    
 
	  	 	  	 	 Name:    Jordan L. Kaplan
 
	  	 	  	 	 Title:    CFO                       
 
	 
	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Douglas Emmett Realty Fund No. 2, a California limited partnership, its general partner
 
	 
	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Douglas Emmett Realty Advisors, a
 California corporation, its
General
 Partner
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	          By:    /s/    Jordan L.
Kaplan      
 
	  	 	  	 	 Name:    Jordan L. Kaplan 
 
	  	 	  	 	 Title:    CFO                        
 

 

 
 26 

  
 
	  	 	 “Buyer”
 
	 
	  	 	 WELLS OPERATING PARTNERSHIP, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
 
	 
	  	 	 By:
 	 	 Wells Real Estate Investment Trust, Inc., a Maryland corporation, general partner
 
	 
	  	 	  	 	 By:    /s/    Douglas P. Williams            
 
	  	 	  	 	 Name:    Douglas P. Williams      
 
	  	 	  	 	 Title:    Executive Vice President
 

 

 
 27 

  
 CONSENT BY ESCROW HOLDER 
  
 The undersigned hereby agrees to serve as Escrow Holder under the foregoing and annexed Agreement of Purchase and Sale and to perform all
duties and obligations of the Escrow Holder under the provisions of the Agreement of Purchase and Sale, provided however that Escrow Holder shall be provided with mutually executed cancellation instructions from the parties prior to the termination
of escrow and the release of any funds and/or documents from escrow. 
  
 
	 Date executed by Escrow Holder:
 	 	 CHICAGO TITLE COMPANY
 
	 
	                     11/27/02                
            
 	 	  
	  	 	 By:         /s/ Amy D.
Hiraheta            
 
	  	 	 Name:    Amy D.
Hiraheta                 
 
	  	 	 Its:    Sr. Escrow
Officer

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00046-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00046-of-00352.parquet"}]]